WO2024250985A1 - Toll-like receptor agonist heterocyclic derivative, preparation thereof, and use thereof - Google Patents
Toll-like receptor agonist heterocyclic derivative, preparation thereof, and use thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024250985A1 WO2024250985A1 PCT/CN2024/095325 CN2024095325W WO2024250985A1 WO 2024250985 A1 WO2024250985 A1 WO 2024250985A1 CN 2024095325 W CN2024095325 W CN 2024095325W WO 2024250985 A1 WO2024250985 A1 WO 2024250985A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- chr
- compound
- alkyl
- optionally substituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/66—Phosphorus compounds
- A61K31/662—Phosphorus acids or esters thereof having P—C bonds, e.g. foscarnet, trichlorfon
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/6561—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
Definitions
- the present invention belongs to the field of chemical medicine, and in particular relates to pyridine [4,3-d] pyrimidine compounds and pyrimidopyridazinone compounds as TLR7/8 agonists, and preparation methods and applications thereof.
- TLRs Toll-like receptors
- PAMPs pathogen-associated molecular patterns
- TLRs can recognize invasive microorganisms and endogenous molecules released after tissue damage or non-physiological cell death, and activate signaling cascades, leading to the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines.
- the inflammatory process is crucial to the occurrence and development of many diseases, such as type I diabetes, sepsis, cancer, viral infectious diseases, etc. Therefore, the strategy of manipulating the inflammatory response through small molecule TLRs modulators to treat related diseases is promising.
- TLR3 TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 are located in the endosomal compartment.
- TLR7 and TLR8 can recognize RNA molecules (ssRNA) from single-stranded RNA viruses.
- TLR7 is mainly expressed in plasmacytoid dendritic cells and B cells.
- TLR8 is mainly distributed in mDC, macrophages and monocytes, and is also expressed in T cells.
- TLR7 stimulation mainly induces the production of type I interferons, including interferon- ⁇ (IFN- ⁇ ), and causes the transcription of interferon-stimulated genes (ISGs).
- IFN- ⁇ interferon- ⁇
- Interferon ⁇ is one of the main drugs for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B or C.
- TLR8 is mainly distributed in mDC, macrophages and monocytes, and is also expressed in T cells.
- TLR8 activation mainly produces a pro-inflammatory response, stimulating immune cells to secrete pro-inflammatory cytokines including tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) and IL-6.
- TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
- TLR7/8 After TLR7/8 is activated, it can exert direct antiviral activity through type I interferon response, and can also regulate innate immunity through pro-inflammatory response to promote the activation of NK and NKT cells, as well as induce adaptive immunity, improve antigen presentation and activate dendritic cells, thereby enhancing T cell response and promoting the differentiation of antibody-producing B cells.
- TLR7/8 agonists has great clinical value in both antiviral and anti-tumor therapy, and can also be used in antibody-drug conjugates and vaccine adjuvants.
- Vaccination has been the most effective medical intervention to reduce the incidence, severity and mortality of infectious diseases in the past two centuries. Vaccination causes the immune system to recognize the antigenic components of live pathogens and produce a strong humoral immune response, including the secretion of high levels of protective antibodies through antigen-specific memory B cells and the establishment of long-term immune memory.
- the immune effect of vaccines varies greatly depending on the vaccine components, including live attenuated vaccines, inactivated vaccines, subunit vaccines, monovalent/multivalent vaccines, protein vaccines or non-protein vaccines (such as polysaccharides).
- the immune effect of vaccines depends not only on the antigenic components, but also on the adjuvant components.
- Adjuvants can regulate the type of immune response and increase the immunogenicity of certain antigens that are not strongly immunogenic. Adjuvants can also enhance the immunogenicity of antigens in specific populations (such as infants, the elderly), who often need to enhance their immune response. In some cases, adjuvants can play a role in increasing the scope of protection. Thanks to all the above effects, vaccine adjuvants can often play a role in saving antigens, which is very useful when large quantities of vaccines are needed, such as during influenza pandemics. Adjuvant enhancement The mechanism of immune response has not been fully elucidated, and different adjuvants have different effects.
- PRRs pattern recognition receptors
- TLRs Toll-like receptors
- NLRs NOD-like receptors
- CLRs C-type lectin receptors
- RIG-I-like receptors RLRs
- cytoplasmic DNA/RNA receptors LPS
- LPS lipopolysaccharides
- TLRs can sense a variety of microbial components, are widely expressed in a variety of immune cells, and play an important role in the host's innate and adaptive immune responses to pathogen infections. Activating TLRs has the potential to enhance the immune effect of vaccines. Many TLRs agonists have been clinically studied or approved for use as vaccine adjuvants. The most successful of these are adjuvants that can activate TLR4, such as AS01, AS02, and AS04, all of which contain MPLA, a ligand for TLR4.
- the hepatitis B vaccine Heplisav-B which was launched in 2017, uses the TLR9 ligand CpG 1018, an oligonucleotide with high chemical stability and adjuvant capacity that can induce a th1-type immune response.
- CpG1018 in Heplisav-B can improve vaccine efficacy, requiring only two doses of the vaccine, while traditional hepatitis B vaccines require three doses for optimal protection.
- TLR7 and TLR8 agonists have also received special attention as vaccine adjuvants because they are expressed in plasmacytoid DC and myeloid DC, the major subsets of human dendritic cells (DC), respectively (5), and by human B cells, and are extremely important for antigen processing and presentation and antibody secretion.
- DC dendritic cells
- TLR7/8 agonists can enhance the maturation, expression of co-stimulatory markers and cytokine secretion of human DCs
- TLR7/8 agonists can enhance the cellular and humoral adaptive responses to antigens in experimental animals.
- the most important representatives of TLR7/8 agonists are some synthetic small molecules, named imiquimod (R837) and resiquimod (R848).
- Imiquimod is currently approved and licensed for the treatment of genital warts, superficial basal cell carcinoma and actinic keratosis, while resiquimod has been studied for antiviral and anticancer treatment. In addition, they have also been widely used in vaccine adjuvant research.
- these small molecules have been shown to have some inherent limitations. In particular, they can diffuse away from the site of administration and thus away from the antigen, thereby reducing efficacy and inducing systemic side effects. Therefore, it has been shown that directly conjugating these molecules to aluminum adjuvants can improve vaccine efficacy.
- Some previous studies have directly conjugated imidazoquinolines to HIV-1 Gag protein or whole inactivated influenza virus to increase Th1 responses and the number of antigen-specific T cells.
- lipid-polymer amphiphilic molecules conjugation to synthetic polymer scaffolds, lipid-polymer amphiphilic molecules, polyethylene glycol (PEG), nanogels, gelatin, and various other synthetic polymers significantly increased the delivery of imidazoquinolines and promoted the maturation of DCs and antigen-specific T cells.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- TLR4 and TLR9 previous studies using imidazoquinolines in combination with one or more other TLR agonists (such as MPLA [TLR4] and MPLA+CpG ODN [TLR4 and TLR9]) have shown that this combination can enhance the innate immune response, significantly produce antigen-specific neutralizing antibodies, and improve Th1 responses. All of these innovative aspects highlight the excellent potential of TLR7/8 agonists as candidate adjuvants.
- TLR7/8 agonist patent applications There are currently several related TLR7/8 agonist patent applications, but there is still a need to continue to develop highly active, safer and highly therapeutically effective TLR7/8 agonists or vaccine adjuvants.
- the object of the present invention is to provide a highly active, safer and highly therapeutically effective TLR7/8 agonist or vaccine adjuvant.
- the first aspect of the present invention provides a compound having a structure as shown in the following formula (I), or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
- Y1 is hydrogen or a lipid structure fragment, and the lipid structure fragment has a structure as shown in the following formula:
- p, q are each independently selected from the following group: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
- n1, m2 and r are each independently selected from the following group: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
- p 101 is selected from the following group: 0 or 1;
- Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently selected from the following group: O, -NR 303 - or -CR 304 R 305 -;
- R 303 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, and halogenated C 1-6 alkyl;
- R 304 and R 305 are the same or different, and are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl;
- Linker is a divalent linking group
- R 101 and R 102 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted C 4-20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 4-20 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted C 4-20 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group;
- R 201 is a GalNAc target head portion and has a structure as shown in the following formula:
- L 201 , L 202 and L 203 are each independently a divalent linking group, and R 203 , R 204 and R 205 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted saccharide group, preferably a group formed by a substituted or unsubstituted N-acetylgalactosamine molecule;
- the L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of -(CHR) m1- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-( CH2CH2O ) n3- ( CHR ) m2- , optionally substituted - ( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2 -C(O)-, optionally substituted - (CHR) m1- ( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- , -(CHR) m1 -C( O )-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O) -L4- NH( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- , optionally substituted -(CHR)
- each of the R groups is independently selected from the following group: H, D, (CH 2 ) n4 NHC(O)NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- n1, m2 and n3 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12;
- substitution refers to that one or more hydrogen atoms on the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, C 3-8 aryl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, halogen, Hydroxyl, carboxyl (-COOH), C 1-8 aldehyde, C 2-10 acyl, C 2-10 ester, amino, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 1-10 sulfonyl; or two substituents located on adjacent ring atoms can form a group selected from the following group together with the connected ring atoms: a 5-7 membered carbon ring or heterocyclic ring, a benzene ring, or a 5-7 membered heteroaromatic ring;
- D is a toxin having a structure selected from the group consisting of Formula Ia, Formula Ib, Formula Ic or Formula Id, and the toxin is covalently linked to a divalent linker -LY- via an N, O or S atom in the molecule:
- Ra1 , Ra2 , Ra3 or Ra4 is selected from the following group: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl;
- the Ra5 is selected from the following group: C1-24 alkyl, halogenated C1-24 alkyl, C1-24 heteroalkyl having 1 to 10 heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatoms are selected from one or more of NH, N, O and S;
- the R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, 5-8 membered heterocyclic aryl, or 5-8 membered aryl; wherein the R2 may be further substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, or amino;
- n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
- B is absent, or B is selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, or wherein each A is independently selected from C, CH or N, and R 6 and R 7 together with their adjacent carbon atoms form a C 4-7 cycloalkylene group or a C 4-7 heterocycloalkylene group, and one or more methylene groups in the C 4-7 cycloalkylene group or the 4-7 membered heterocycloalkylene group may be independently replaced by a carbonyl group or S( ⁇ O) 2 ; in the 4-7 membered heterocycloalkylene group, the heteroatom is selected from N, O, S, and the number of the heteroatoms is 1 to 3;
- L 12 is selected from the group consisting of none, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -(NR 1d ) q -, -O-, -S-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -C( ⁇ O)-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -C( ⁇ O)NH-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -NHC( ⁇ O)-, -S( ⁇ O)- or -S( ⁇ O) 2 -; wherein R 1b , R 1c are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl, and R 1d is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or hydroxy
- R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, amino, hydroxyl, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl; and said R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more R 1e substituents, wherein R 1e is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl substituted with one or more R e1 , C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -N(R e2 R e3 ), -C( ⁇ O)OR e2 , -C(
- B is selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl or wherein each A is independently selected from C, CH or N, and R6 and R7 together with their adjacent carbon atoms form a C4-7 cycloalkylene or C4-7 heterocycloalkylene;
- R e1 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl
- R e2 and R e3 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or hydroxy-substituted C 1-6 alkyl;
- n 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
- each of the heterocyclic groups may be saturated or partially unsaturated (but not having an aromatic structure), and in the heterocyclic group, the heteroatom is selected from N, O, S, and the number of heteroatoms is 1, 2, 3 or 4 (preferably 1 or 2); in the heteroaryl group, the heteroatom is selected from N, O, S, and the number of heteroatoms is 1, 2 or 3.
- the Linker has a structure selected from the following group:
- n and m are each independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12;
- n1 and n2 are each independently selected from the following group: 0 or 1;
- W is selected from the following group: a single bond, NH, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-16 alkylene, a substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring, a substituted or unsubstituted 7-15 membered spirocyclic ring, a substituted or unsubstituted 5-15 membered bridged ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-15 membered spirocyclic ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 5-15 membered bridged ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring-NH-, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring-NH-, -sub
- substitution refers to that one or more hydrogen atoms on the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5- to 10 - membered heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl (-COOH), C 1-8 aldehyde, C 2-10 acyl, C 2-10 ester, amino, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 1-10 sulfonyl; or two substituents located on adjacent ring atoms can form a group selected from the group consisting of a 5-7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, a benzene ring, or a 5-7-membered heteroaromatic ring together with the connected ring atoms;
- W has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
- s1, s2, s, s4, s5 and s6 are each independently selected from the following group: 0, 1 or 2;
- s7 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
- Each of M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of CHR, C(R)R, C(O), O, S, NR;
- M5 and M6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of (CHR) s6 , C(R)R, C(O), (CHR) s6 -C(O), O, S, NR;
- R is selected from the following group: H, halogen, methyl; or two R located on adjacent reducing atoms and the carbon atom to which they are connected together form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring (including saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring).
- the W has a structure selected from the following group:
- the Linker has a structure selected from the following group:
- L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of -(CHR) m1 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -C(O)-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L4 - NH(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(C
- the L4 is an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of: a chemical bond, wherein said Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the following group: hydrogen, optionally substituted C1 - C4 alkyl, optionally substituted C1 - C4 deuterated alkyl, CH2COOH ;
- the R 101 is selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, cyano, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, ester, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -L 4 -C(O)-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -R, -C(O)-NR-(CHR) m2 -NR-C(O)-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -R;
- L 3 is a peptide residue [Am] p1 -: wherein p1 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8; Am is an amino acid residue;
- Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -NHC(O)-, -NR-(CHR) m2 -NR-C(O)-, -NR-(CHR) m2 -NR-C(O)O-(CHR) m1 -, a chemical bond;
- each of the R groups is independently selected from the following group: H, D, (CH 2 ) n4 NHC(O)NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- n1, m2 and n3 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12;
- m101 is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4;
- substituted refers to the substitution of one or more hydrogen atoms on a group with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom, a halogen, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NH-, a (C 1 -C 6 alkyl) 2 N-, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, a C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a halogenated C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 2 -C 6 alkenyl group, a halogenated C 2 -C 6 alkynyl group, a halogenated C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, an allyl group, a benzyl
- L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted -(CHR) m1- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-( CH2CH2O ) n3- ( CHR ) m2- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1- ( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- ;
- p1 is 0
- the L 4 is a chemical bond.
- L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -;
- p1 is 0
- the L 4 is a chemical bond.
- L 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -;
- p1 is 0
- the L 4 is a chemical bond.
- the L 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-;
- p1 is 1, 2, or 3;
- the L4 is an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
- the L 2 is a group selected from the following group: optionally substituted (CHR) m1 -C(O)-;
- p1 is 1, 2, or 3;
- the L4 is an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
- L2 is a group selected from the following group: optionally substituted -( CH2 ) m1 -C(O)-, optionally substituted -( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2 - C (O)-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 - C3 - C9cycloalkyl- (CHR) m2- ; preferably, m1 and m2 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; n3 is selected from 0, 1 or 2;
- p1 is 0
- the L 4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
- the L 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 - NH(RCH) m1 -(OCH 2 CH 2 ) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CHR) m1 -5-10 membered aromatic heterocycle -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 -NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -L 4 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 -NH(RCH) m1 -(OCH 2 CH 2 ) n3 -L 4 -(CHR) m2 -; preferably,
- p1 is 0
- the L 4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
- L3 is a peptide residue consisting of amino acids selected from the following group: phenylalanine, isoleucine, leucine, tryptophan, valine, methionine, tyrosine, alanine, threonine, histidine, serine, glutamine, arginine, lysine, asparagine, glutamic acid, proline, citrulline, aspartic acid and glycine.
- the L3 is a peptide residue consisting of amino acids selected from the following group: glycine, alanine, lysine, phenylalanine, valine and citrulline.
- L3 is a peptide residue selected from the following group: -Glycine-Phenylalanine-Glycine-(-Gly-Phe-Gly-), -Glycine-Glycine-Phenylalanine-Glycine-(-Gly-Gly-Phe-Gly-), -Valine-Citrulline-(-Val-Cit-), -Citrulline-Valine-(-Cit-Val-), -Citrulline-Alanine-(-Cit-Ala-), -Valine-Alanine-(-Val-Ala-), -Valine-Arginine-(-Val-Arg-), -Valine-Lysine-(-Val-Lys-), -Valine-Lysine (Ac)-(-Val-Lys (Ala-)).
- the L3 is a structure selected from the following group:
- L 4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
- the Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the following group: hydrogen, optionally substituted C1 - C4 alkyl, and optionally substituted C1 - C4 deuterated alkyl.
- L4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted structure selected from the following group:
- Y is -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -NHC(O)-, or a chemical bond.
- L 201 , L 202 and L 203 are each independently selected from the following structures:
- each u, v and w are independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11; u1 and u2 are independently selected from 0 or 1; Glu is an unmodified or modified 5-6-membered glycosyl;
- X and Y2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)-NH-, -NH-(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)-NH-, -NH-(4-10 membered heterocyclyl)-NH-, Wherein, the ring D is a 4-15 membered heterocyclic group;
- the cycloalkyl and heterocyclic groups may be monocyclic, condensed, bridged or spirocyclic; the heterocyclic group may be saturated or partially unsaturated (but not aromatic).
- R 2 and the linker portion include at least one monocyclic, fused, bridged or spirocyclic structural unit.
- R 2 and the linker portion include at least one fused ring, bridged ring or spiro ring structural unit.
- X and Y2 each independently have a structure selected from the following group:
- the sugar group has a structure shown in the following formula III:
- the R 211 is selected from the following group: -NH(C 2 -C 6 acyl), -NH(halogenated C 2 -C 6 acyl), -NH(C 2 -C 6 sulfonyl), -NH(halogenated C 2 -C 6 sulfonyl);
- R 212 , R 213 and R 214 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H or C 1 -C 6 acyl.
- R 211 is selected from the following group: -NH (C 2 -C 4 acyl); R 212 , R 213 and R 214 are each independently selected from the following group: H or C 1 -C 4 acyl.
- R 211 is -NHAc
- R 212 , R 213 and R 214 are each independently selected from the following group: H or Ac.
- L 11 is selected from the following group: -O-, -NH- or -S-.
- L 11 is -NH-.
- m is 1 or 2.
- the R 1 is selected from the following group: C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl or 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl; and the R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and the R 1a is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
- R 1 is selected from the following group: H, C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl or 4-8 membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein, said R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and said R 1a is selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy.
- the R 1 is selected from the following group: C 1-8 alkyl; and the R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and the R 1a is selected from the following group: C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
- B is absent, or B is selected from the following group: C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 4-7 membered heterocyclic group, C 6-10 aryl, or
- the B does not exist, or B is selected from the following group: phenyl, pyridyl.
- R 4 is selected from the following groups: hydrogen, halogen, amino, hydroxyl, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6-12 aryl, or 5-12 membered heteroaryl; and the R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more Re substituents; wherein Re is selected from the following groups: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, one or more Re1- substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 4-7 membered heterocyclyl, phenyl, 5-7 membered heteroaryl, -N( Re2Re3 ); wherein Re1 is selected from the following groups: halogen, hydroxyl , -P(O)( ORe2 )
- R 5 is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
- R 4 is selected from the following group: hydrogen, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or a group formed by losing a hydrogen atom from a ring selected from the following group: And the R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more Re substituents.
- R 5 is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
- R 5 is selected from the following group: halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy.
- the toxin is selected from the following group:
- the R 201 -NHC(O) has a structure selected from the following group:
- the compound is selected from the following group:
- R 4 is substituted by at least one R 1e substituent, one; wherein the R 1e substituent has the following structure:
- Q 2 is -CR 304 R 305 -;
- R 304 and R 305 are the same or different, and are independently selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl; preferably, R 304 and R 305 are: H or F;
- the compound is selected from the following group:
- the third aspect of the present invention provides a compound selected from the following group, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
- the fourth aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in the first to third aspects of the present invention, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
- the fifth aspect of the present invention provides the use of the compounds described in the first to third aspects of the present invention, or their stereoisomers, enantiomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and/or the pharmaceutical composition described in the fourth aspect of the present invention in the preparation of drugs for treating or preventing viral infections or tumors.
- the sixth aspect of the present invention provides a combined adjuvant, which comprises: an aluminum adjuvant, and a TLR7/8 agonist adsorbed on the aluminum adjuvant; wherein the TLR7/8 agonist comprises the compound as described in the first to third aspects of the present invention, or its stereoisomers, enantiomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the inventors After long and in-depth research, the inventors have designed a class of drug compounds that can be used as vaccine adjuvants, which can be used to improve the efficacy of vaccines after being mixed with aluminum adjuvants. Based on the above findings, the inventors have completed the present invention.
- the present invention provides a method for preparing the compound as shown in Formula I.
- the compound of the present invention adopts the following process, such as the preparation method of compound III-2 or compound III-11 or compound IV-8, and can be prepared by conventional adjustments in the art:
- compound III-2-3 is prepared; compound III-2-3 and compound II-1-4 can be prepared under the action of a base (such as potassium carbonate) to obtain compound III-2-1; compound III-2-1 is dissolved in an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane), and hydrolyzed under the action of TMSBr (trimethylsilyl bromide) to obtain compound III-2.
- a base such as diisopropylamino
- compound III-2-3 and compound II-1-4 can be prepared under the action of a base (such as potassium carbonate) to obtain compound III-2-1; compound III-2-1 is dissolved in an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane), and hydrolyzed under the action of TMSBr (trimethylsilyl bromide) to obtain compound III-2.
- the present invention provides a method for preparing a derivative having the structural formula III-11, and the reaction formula is as follows:
- compound III-11-1 is prepared; compound III-11-1 can be prepared into compound III-11-5 through substitution reaction, deprotection, condensation reaction, and hydrogenation deprotection; compound III-11-5 and bis(diisopropylamino)(2-cyanoethoxy)phosphine are used as starting materials, under the action of tetrazole, compound III-11-6 is prepared; similarly, compound III-11-6 and compound II-4 are used as starting materials, and are respectively subjected to substitution reaction under the action of tetrazole, iodine oxidation reaction, and DBU deprotection reaction to prepare compound III-11.
- a base such as sodium hydrogen
- the present invention also provides a method for preparing a derivative having the structural formula IV-8, and the reaction formula is as follows:
- compound A2 or its similar derivatives can be successfully synthesized by methods well known to those skilled in the art or according to methods described in detail in the prior art.
- compound IV-8-1 is prepared under the action of a base (such as TEA); compound IV-8-1 is deprotected in an ammonia methanol solution to prepare compound IV-8.
- a base such as TEA
- the present invention provides a method for preparing an aluminum adjuvant adsorbing a TLR7/8 agonist as a combined adjuvant. Specifically, the preparation method comprises the following steps:
- step (2) adding aluminum adjuvant to the solution of step (1) and mixing them for sufficient adsorption.
- a small amount of sodium hydroxide solution can be added to assist dissolution.
- the pH of the buffer solution in step (1) can be between 5.5 and 8.0 (specifically, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0), which can be an integer or a decimal, and the pH is preferably between 6.5 and 7.5.
- the buffer solution in step (1) can be Tris buffer, histidine buffer, citrate buffer, One of succinate buffer and borate buffer, preferably Tris buffer and histidine buffer.
- the concentration of the buffer solution in step (1) is 1 to 50 mM (specifically 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50 mM), which can be an integer or a decimal, preferably between 5 and 30 mM, and more preferably between 10 and 20 mM.
- the aluminum adjuvant in step (2) can be aluminum hydroxide adjuvant or aluminum phosphate adjuvant, preferably aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
- the mass ratio of the aluminum adjuvant to the TLR7/8 agonist in step (2) can be 0.5-10:1 (0.5:1, 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1), and can be any ratio within the range, and can be an integer or a decimal. Preferably, it is 1 to 3:1, and more preferably, it is 1 to 2:1.
- the temperature of the mixed reaction after the aluminum adjuvant adsorbs the TLR7/8 agonist can be 2-30°C (2, 8, 10, 20, 25, 30°C), which can be an integer or a decimal, preferably between 10-30°C, and more preferably between 15-25°C.
- the mixing time after the aluminum adjuvant adsorbs the TLR7/8 agonist can be 0.5h to 10h (0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10h), which can be an integer or a decimal, preferably between 0.5 and 3h, and more preferably 1 to 2h.
- the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is an injectable composition.
- the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may contain one or more excipients.
- the excipients are conventional pharmaceutical excipients in the pharmaceutical field, and the following ingredients (including but not limited to) can be selected: pH regulators, bulking agents, lyophilization protectants, buffers, tension regulators, isotonic agents, antioxidants, antimicrobial agents, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, solubilizers, surfactants and wetting agents, etc.
- a bulking agent is included in a freeze-dried product to provide volume and structure to the freeze-dried powder, which helps dissolve the active agent.
- Lyoprotectants help stabilize the active agent during freeze drying and storage and prevent its degradation.
- Bulking agents and lyoprotectants that may be included in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, raffinose, glycine, histidine, polyethylene glycol, and low molecular weight polyvinyl pyrrolidone (i.e., povidone K12 and povidone K17).
- the pharmaceutical composition includes a buffer to adjust and stabilize the pH and optimize the solubility and stability of the active agent.
- the buffer in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention includes (but is not limited to) Tris buffer, histidine buffer, citrate buffer, succinate buffer, borate buffer, and the pH is between 5.5 and 8.0.
- Tonicity adjusters and isotonic agents are included in the pharmaceutical composition to maintain and ensure that the formulation is isotonic with human plasma.
- Tonicity adjusters and isotonic agents that may be included in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to, dextrose, glycerol, sodium chloride, glycerol, and mannitol.
- Antioxidants are used to prevent/minimize any oxidation of the active agent or excipient during storage, while bacteriostatic agents are used to prevent microbial growth.
- Antioxidants that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid, acetylcysteine, sulfites (bisulfites, metabisulfites), monothioglycerol (monothioglyercol), butylhydroxytoluene (BHT), butylhydroxyanisole (BHA), and thiourea.
- Bacteriostatic agents that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, phenol, metacresol, benzyl alcohol, parabens (e.g., methyl, propyl, butyl parabens), benzalkonium chloride, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, and phenylmercuric salts (acetates, borates, nitrates).
- Solubilizers which can be broadly divided into surfactants and cosolvents, help dissolve the active agent into the formulation or increase its solubility.
- Surfactants that can be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (Yewon 80), sorbitan monooleate polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (Tween 20), lecithin, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymer (Pluronic).
- Surfactants can also act as wetting agents, and surfactants/wetting agents that can be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, lecithin, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, Pluronic F-68, and sorbitan trioleate (Span 85).
- the structures of the compounds were determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and/or mass spectrometry (MS). NMR shift ( ⁇ ) is given in units of 10 -6 (ppm). NMR measurements were performed using a Bruker AVANCE-400 NMR spectrometer, with deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 ), deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ), deuterated methanol (CD 3 OD) as the measuring solvent, and tetramethylsilane (TMS) as the internal standard.
- DMSO-d 6 deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide
- CDCl 3 deuterated chloroform
- CD 3 OD deuterated methanol
- TMS tetramethylsilane
- SHIMADZU LC system chromatographic column: CSH TM Prep-C18, 19*150 mm, liquid handler LH-40, pump LC-20AP, detector SPD-20A, system controller CBM-20A, solvent system: acetonitrile and 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution).
- LC/MS spectra of the compounds were obtained using LC/MS (Agilent Technologies 1200 Series). The LC/MS conditions were as follows (run time was 10 min):
- Acidic conditions A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water; B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile;
- intermediates and final compounds were purified by silica gel column chromatography, or by preparative HPLC on a reverse phase column using XselectOR CSH TM Prep-C18 (5 ⁇ m, OBD TM 19*150 mm) or XBridgeTM Prep Phenyl (5 ⁇ m, OBD TM 30*100 mm).
- Silica gel column chromatography generally uses Yantai Huanghai Silica Gel 200-300 mesh silica gel as the carrier.
- the CombiFlash rapid preparation instrument uses Combiflash Rf200 (TELEDYNE ISCO).
- Thin layer chromatography (TLC) silica gel plates use Yantai Huanghai HSGF254 or Qingdao GF254 silica gel plates.
- the specifications of silica gel plates used in thin layer chromatography detection products are 0.15mm ⁇ 0.2mm, and the specifications used in thin layer chromatography separation and purification products are 0.4mm ⁇ 0.5mm.
- the known starting materials of the present invention can be synthesized by methods known in the art, or can be purchased from companies such as ABCR GmbH & Co. KG, Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Accela ChemBio Inc, and Darui Chemicals.
- MeOH methanol
- DIEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
- DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
- DCM dichloromethane
- Dioxane 1,4-dioxane
- EA ethyl acetate
- Conc.HCl concentrated hydrochloric acid
- DMF dimethylformamide
- AcOH acetic acid
- DMA dimethylacetamide
- Xantphos 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene
- DCE 1,2-dichloroethane
- BH 3 borane
- Boc 2 O tert-butyl carbonate
- t-BuLi tert-butyl lithium
- DMF-DMA 1,1-dimethoxy-N,N-dimethyl-methylamine
- PPA polyphosphoric acid
- NaHMDS sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
- POCl polyphosphoric acid
- reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound A3-4 (16 g).
- reaction mixture of compound A3-4 (16 g) in dichloromethane (100 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml) was stirred at 20°C for 12 hours; the reaction mixture was then concentrated to obtain a yellow oil compound A3-5 (20 g), which was used directly in the next step without purification.
- Step 1 Preparation of methyl 4-(butylamino)-2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A-1)
- Step 2 Preparation of methyl 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A-2)
- Step 3 Preparation of 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)pyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one (Int.A)
- Step 1 Preparation of (R,E)-2-methyl-N-(2-pentylidene)propane-2-sulfoxide amide (Intermediate Int.B-1)
- Pentan-2-one (10 g, 116 mmol) was dissolved in EtOAc (200 ml), and (R)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfoxide amide (14 g, 116 mmol) and tetraisopropyl titanate (66 g, 233 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture under stirring at 10 degrees, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 10 degrees for 15 hours.
- the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
- Step 2 Preparation of (R)-2-methyl-N-((R)-pentan-2-yl)propane-2-sulfoxide amide (Intermediate Int. B-2)
- the intermediate Int.B-2 (3.5 g, 18.3 mmol) was stirred in a 4N 1,4-dioxane hydrochloric acid solution (20 ml) at 20 degrees for 12 hours.
- the reaction mixture was concentrated and evaporated to dryness to obtain a crude product, which was washed with ether to obtain a white solid intermediate Int.B (2.0 g, 90%).
- Intermediate Int.G1-2 Referring to Intermediate Int.D, Intermediate Int.G1-2 was prepared by using 4-methoxybenzylamine instead of bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine. MS: 384.3 [M+H] + .
- Step 1 Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-4-methyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A4-1)
- Step 2 Preparation of methyl 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-methyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A4-2)
- Step 3 Preparation of methyl 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-formyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A4-3)
- Step 4 Preparation of 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidin[4,5-d]pyridazin-5(6H)-one (Int. A4)
- the intermediate II-1-3 (3.2 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 degrees for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and evaporated to dryness, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow solid intermediate II-1-4 (2.1 g, 85%). MS: 466.5 [M + H] + .
- the intermediate II-5-2 (2 g, 2.6 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 degrees for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and evaporated to dryness, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain compound II-5. MS: 524.7 [M + H] + .
- compound II-11 refers to compound II-1, by using tert-butyl 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxyethyl)carbamate instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol and intermediate III-6-3 instead of Intermediate II-1-4 was used to prepare compound II-11.
- Compound III-1 was prepared by using 1,14-diiodo-3,6,9,12-tetraoxotetradecane instead of 1,20-diiodo-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxoeicosane. MS: 800.8 [M+H] + .
- Intermediate III-4-1 Referring to compound II-5, intermediate III-4-1 was prepared by using tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate instead of 2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol. MS: 481.2 [M+H] + .
- Palmitic acid (2.9 g, 11.4 mmol), DMAP (140 mg, 1.14 mmol) and EDCI (2.2 g, 11.4 mmol) were added to a DCM (40 ml) solution of intermediate III-11-3 (1.2 g, 3.8 mmol) under stirring at 20 degrees, and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 16 hours.
- the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give a white solid intermediate III-11-4 (1.8 g, 60%).
- the intermediate III-11-4 (350 mg, 0.44 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of ethyl acetate (20 ml) and methanol (2 ml), palladium carbon (300 mg) was added to the reaction mixture under stirring conditions, and then the reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen pressure conditions at room temperature for 16 hours; the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to give a white solid intermediate III-11-5 (300 mg, 88%).
- intermediate III-25-3 refers to intermediate III-6-3 by using intermediate Int.K instead of intermediate Int.D prepared intermediate III-25-3.
- Adjuvant pharmaceutical composition Example 1 Preparation method of aluminum adjuvant adsorbed TLR7/8 agonist
- TLR7/8 agonist small molecule compound
- Tris-HCl solution 40 mM, pH 7.5
- 0.20 ml of aluminum hydroxide gel (InvivoGen) adjuvant 2%, Al content 10 mg/ml) then add 0.05 ml of sterile water, and gently stir at room temperature for 2 hours to prepare the aluminum adjuvant adsorbed TLR7/8 agonist suspension (1 mg/ml TLR7/8 agonist, 2 mg/ml aluminum hydroxide gel, in 20 mM Tris-HCl).
- TLR7/8 agonists were prepared into concentrations of 0.01 mg/ml, 0.025 mg/ml, 0.05 mg/ml, 0.1 mg/ml, and 0.2 mg/ml, and analyzed by HPLC to calculate the standard curve of TLR7/8 agonists. The suspension was centrifuged in a centrifuge tube (10000 rpm, 5 min), the supernatant was taken, analyzed on HPLC, and compared with the standard curve of the single TLR7/8 agonist to calculate the adsorption rate.
- the injection volume is 5uL
- the concentration in the supernatant was calculated based on the sample standard curve; the adsorption rate of the TLR7/8 agonist on the aluminum hydroxide gel was calculated as: concentration in the supernatant/theoretical concentration of the entire sample*100%.
- Adjuvant pharmaceutical composition Example 2 Investigation of the adsorption efficiency of aluminum adjuvant adsorbing TLR7/8 agonists under different conditions
- TLR agonist and aluminum hydroxide gel were subjected to adsorption test in two different buffers (pH 7.5 Tris-HCl buffer, pH 6.5 histidine buffer) at different mass ratios (2.:1, 1:0.85, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3 w/w) to investigate the adsorption efficiency under different conditions.
- the test was performed according to the method of Example 1. The test results are as follows:
- test compound and DMSO control were diluted 10-fold using DPBS buffer (Gibco) and added to a 96-well cell culture plate (Corning) in a volume of 20 ⁇ L.
- HEK-Blue TM hTLR7 cells (Invivogen) were digested with cell separation solution (Gibco) and the cells were counted (TC-20 cell counter, Bio-rad). The cells were diluted to 4.4E5/mL with DMEM cell culture medium (Gibco). 180 ⁇ L was added to a 96-well cell culture plate. The plates were incubated in a 37°C, 5% CO2 incubator for 16-22 hours.
- test compound Dilute the test compound, DMSO control and positive control 100-fold using cell culture medium (RPMI 1640 cell culture medium, Gibco) and add 50 ⁇ L to a 96-well cell culture plate.
- cell culture medium RPMI 1640 cell culture medium, Gibco
- the light absorption at 450 nm was measured by an enzyme-labeled instrument, and the cytokine levels in the culture supernatant were quantitatively determined according to the standard curve.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本发明属于化学医药领域,特别是涉及作为TLR7/8激动剂的吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶类化合物和嘧啶并哒嗪酮类化合物,及其制备方法及其应用。The present invention belongs to the field of chemical medicine, and in particular relates to pyridine [4,3-d] pyrimidine compounds and pyrimidopyridazinone compounds as TLR7/8 agonists, and preparation methods and applications thereof.
Toll样受体(toll-like receptors,TLRs)是一类结构保守的蛋白质,在先天免疫反应中形成第一道屏障。通过识别各种保守的病原体相关分子模式(pathogen-associated molecular patterns,PAMPs),TLRs可以识别侵入性微生物和组织损伤或非生理性细胞死亡后释放的内源性分子,并激活信号级联反应,从而导致促炎性细胞因子的产生。炎症过程对多种疾病的发生和发展至关重要,例如I型糖尿病,败血症,癌症,病毒感染性疾病等。因此,通过小分子TLRs调节剂操纵炎症反应治疗相关疾病的策略是很有前景的。Toll-like receptors (TLRs) are a class of structurally conserved proteins that form the first barrier in the innate immune response. By recognizing various conserved pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), TLRs can recognize invasive microorganisms and endogenous molecules released after tissue damage or non-physiological cell death, and activate signaling cascades, leading to the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines. The inflammatory process is crucial to the occurrence and development of many diseases, such as type I diabetes, sepsis, cancer, viral infectious diseases, etc. Therefore, the strategy of manipulating the inflammatory response through small molecule TLRs modulators to treat related diseases is promising.
人TLRs家族有10个已知成员,它们是I型跨膜蛋白,其特征是具有富含亮氨酸的胞外结构域和包含保守的Toll/白介素-1受体(Toll/interleukin(IL)-1receptor,TIR)结构域的胞质尾巴。在该家族中,TLR3,TLR7,TLR8和TLR9位于内涵体隔室。There are 10 known members of the human TLRs family, which are type I transmembrane proteins characterized by a leucine-rich extracellular domain and a cytoplasmic tail containing a conserved Toll/interleukin (IL)-1 receptor (TIR) domain. In this family, TLR3, TLR7, TLR8, and TLR9 are located in the endosomal compartment.
TLR7和TLR8均可识别来自单链RNA病毒的RNA分子(ssRNA)。TLR7主要在浆细胞样树突状细胞和B细胞内表达。TLR8主要分布在mDC,巨噬细胞和单核细胞中,在T细胞也有表达。TLR7刺激主要诱导I型干扰素的产生,包括干扰素-α(IFN-α),并引起干扰素刺激基因(ISGs)的转录。干扰素α是治疗慢性乙型或丙型肝炎的主要药物之一。TLR8主要分布在mDC,巨噬细胞和单核细胞中,在T细胞也有表达。TLR8激活主要产生促炎症应答,刺激免疫细胞分泌包括肿瘤坏死因子-α(TNF-α)、IL-6等促炎症细胞因子。TLR7/8的分布和下游信号通路存在重叠,因此功能上有相似性。TLR7/8激活后,可以通过I型干扰素应答发挥直接的抗病毒活性,也可以通过促炎症应答调节固有免疫促进NK和NKT细胞的激活,以及诱导适应性免疫,改善抗原呈递和激活树突状细胞,从而增强T细胞反应,可促进产生抗体的B细胞分化。开发TLR7/8激动剂在抗病毒治疗和抗肿瘤治疗中均有重大的临床价值,也可用于抗体偶联药物和疫苗佐剂中。Both TLR7 and TLR8 can recognize RNA molecules (ssRNA) from single-stranded RNA viruses. TLR7 is mainly expressed in plasmacytoid dendritic cells and B cells. TLR8 is mainly distributed in mDC, macrophages and monocytes, and is also expressed in T cells. TLR7 stimulation mainly induces the production of type I interferons, including interferon-α (IFN-α), and causes the transcription of interferon-stimulated genes (ISGs). Interferon α is one of the main drugs for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B or C. TLR8 is mainly distributed in mDC, macrophages and monocytes, and is also expressed in T cells. TLR8 activation mainly produces a pro-inflammatory response, stimulating immune cells to secrete pro-inflammatory cytokines including tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) and IL-6. There is overlap in the distribution and downstream signaling pathways of TLR7/8, so there are functional similarities. After TLR7/8 is activated, it can exert direct antiviral activity through type I interferon response, and can also regulate innate immunity through pro-inflammatory response to promote the activation of NK and NKT cells, as well as induce adaptive immunity, improve antigen presentation and activate dendritic cells, thereby enhancing T cell response and promoting the differentiation of antibody-producing B cells. The development of TLR7/8 agonists has great clinical value in both antiviral and anti-tumor therapy, and can also be used in antibody-drug conjugates and vaccine adjuvants.
疫苗接种近是两个世纪以来减少传染病的发病率、疾病严重程度及其导致的死亡的最有效的医学干预措施。接种疫苗会使免疫系统识别活病原体的抗原成分并产生强烈的体液免疫应答,包括通过抗原特异性记忆B细胞分泌高水平的保护性抗体以及建立长期的免疫性记忆。疫苗的免疫效果因疫苗成分的不同而有很大差异,包括减毒活疫苗、灭活疫苗、亚单位疫苗、单价/多价疫苗、蛋白质疫苗或非蛋白质疫苗(如多糖)等。疫苗的免疫效果不仅取决于抗原成分,而且还取决于佐剂成分。佐剂可调节免疫反应的类型,提高某些自身免疫原性不强的抗原的免疫原性。佐剂还可增强特定人群(如婴幼儿,老年人)抗原的免疫原性,此类人群往往需要增强免疫反应。在某些情况下,佐剂可起到增加保护范围的作用。得益于所有上述作用,疫苗佐剂通常可以发挥节约抗原的价值,这在需要大量疫苗时非常有用,例如流感大流行时期。佐剂增强 免疫应答的机制尚未完全阐明,不同佐剂的作用也各有不同。多数佐剂通过激活先天性和适应性免疫系统以诱导体液和细胞介导的效应机制而发挥作用,涉及到抗原提呈细胞对抗原的摄取、抗原的处理以及抗原的提呈等方面,由此诱导B细胞和T细胞的长期记忆。Vaccination has been the most effective medical intervention to reduce the incidence, severity and mortality of infectious diseases in the past two centuries. Vaccination causes the immune system to recognize the antigenic components of live pathogens and produce a strong humoral immune response, including the secretion of high levels of protective antibodies through antigen-specific memory B cells and the establishment of long-term immune memory. The immune effect of vaccines varies greatly depending on the vaccine components, including live attenuated vaccines, inactivated vaccines, subunit vaccines, monovalent/multivalent vaccines, protein vaccines or non-protein vaccines (such as polysaccharides). The immune effect of vaccines depends not only on the antigenic components, but also on the adjuvant components. Adjuvants can regulate the type of immune response and increase the immunogenicity of certain antigens that are not strongly immunogenic. Adjuvants can also enhance the immunogenicity of antigens in specific populations (such as infants, the elderly), who often need to enhance their immune response. In some cases, adjuvants can play a role in increasing the scope of protection. Thanks to all the above effects, vaccine adjuvants can often play a role in saving antigens, which is very useful when large quantities of vaccines are needed, such as during influenza pandemics. Adjuvant enhancement The mechanism of immune response has not been fully elucidated, and different adjuvants have different effects. Most adjuvants work by activating the innate and adaptive immune systems to induce humoral and cell-mediated effector mechanisms, involving antigen uptake by antigen-presenting cells, antigen processing, and antigen presentation, thereby inducing long-term memory of B cells and T cells.
免疫系统对抗外来病原生物入侵,首先需要识别并区分外来抗原和自身抗原。这一识别过程由先天免疫细胞,即树突细胞或巨噬细胞通过模式识别受体(PRR)完成。PRR有多种受体家族,包括Toll样受体(TLRs)、NOD样受体(NLRs)、C型凝集素受体(CLRs)、RIG-I样受体(RLRs)和细胞质DNA/RNA受体等。这些受体能够识别脂多糖(LPS)、脂蛋白、鞭毛蛋白以及一些特定的核苷酸序列。一旦模式识别受体受到上述物质刺激,就会启动炎症相关基因的表达,激活免疫系统以应对感染。其中,TLRs能感知多种微生物成分,广泛表达于多种免疫细胞,在宿主对病原体感染的先天免疫和适应性免疫应答中发挥重要作用。激活TLRs,具有潜在的增强疫苗免疫效果的作用,已经有很多TLRs激动剂作为疫苗佐剂处于临床研究或被批准使用。其中最成功的是可激活TLR4的佐剂,如AS01,AS02和AS04,它们都含有MPLA,即TLR4的配体。2017年上市的乙型肝炎疫苗Heplisav-B使用了TLR9配体CpG 1018,是一种具有高度化学稳定性和佐剂能力的寡核苷酸,可诱导th1型免疫应答。Heplisav-B中的CpG1018可提高疫苗效力,只需接种两剂疫苗,而传统乙肝疫苗需要接种三剂才能获得最佳保护。In order for the immune system to fight against the invasion of foreign pathogens, it must first identify and distinguish between foreign antigens and self-antigens. This recognition process is completed by innate immune cells, namely dendritic cells or macrophages, through pattern recognition receptors (PRRs). PRRs have multiple receptor families, including Toll-like receptors (TLRs), NOD-like receptors (NLRs), C-type lectin receptors (CLRs), RIG-I-like receptors (RLRs) and cytoplasmic DNA/RNA receptors. These receptors can recognize lipopolysaccharides (LPS), lipoproteins, flagellin and some specific nucleotide sequences. Once the pattern recognition receptors are stimulated by the above substances, they will start the expression of inflammation-related genes and activate the immune system to respond to infection. Among them, TLRs can sense a variety of microbial components, are widely expressed in a variety of immune cells, and play an important role in the host's innate and adaptive immune responses to pathogen infections. Activating TLRs has the potential to enhance the immune effect of vaccines. Many TLRs agonists have been clinically studied or approved for use as vaccine adjuvants. The most successful of these are adjuvants that can activate TLR4, such as AS01, AS02, and AS04, all of which contain MPLA, a ligand for TLR4. The hepatitis B vaccine Heplisav-B, which was launched in 2017, uses the TLR9 ligand CpG 1018, an oligonucleotide with high chemical stability and adjuvant capacity that can induce a th1-type immune response. CpG1018 in Heplisav-B can improve vaccine efficacy, requiring only two doses of the vaccine, while traditional hepatitis B vaccines require three doses for optimal protection.
TLR7和TLR8激动剂作为疫苗佐剂的研究也格外收到关注,因为它们分别在人类树突状细胞(DC)的主要亚群浆细胞样DC和髓样DC中表达(5),以及由人类B细胞表达,对抗原的加工递呈和抗体分泌极为重要。体外研究表明TLR7/8激动剂可增强人DCs的成熟、共刺激标记物表达和细胞因子分泌,体内研究也表明TLR7/8激动剂可增强实验动物对抗原的细胞和体液适应性反应。最重要的代表TLR7/8激动剂是一些人工合成的小分子,名为咪喹莫特(imiquimod,R837)和瑞喹莫特(resiquimod,R848)。咪喹莫特目前已被批准和许可用于治疗生殖器疣、浅表基底细胞癌和光线性角化病,而瑞喹莫特已被研究用于抗病毒和抗癌治疗。另外,他们也被广泛用于疫苗佐剂研究。然而,这些小分子已经被证明有一些内在的限制。特别是,它们可以扩散到远离给药部位,从而远离抗原,从而降低疗效并诱发全身副作用。因此,有研究表明,将这些分子直接与铝佐剂结合能够提高疫苗的效力。之前的一些研究将咪唑喹啉类药物直接与HIV-1Gag蛋白或全灭活的流感病毒结合,增加Th1应答和抗原特异性T细胞的数量。此外,与合成聚合物支架、脂质-聚合物两亲性分子、聚乙二醇(PEG)、纳米凝胶、明胶和各种其他合成聚合物的结合显著增加了咪唑喹啉的递送,并促进了DCs和抗原特异性T细胞的成熟。此外,之前使用咪唑喹啉与一种或多种其他TLR激动剂(如MPLA[TLR4]和MPLA+CpG ODN[TLR4和TLR9])混合使用的研究表明,这一组合可增强固有免疫应答,显著产生抗原特异性中和抗体,并改善Th1应答。所有这些创新的方面突出了TLR7/8激动剂作为候选佐剂的卓越潜力。TLR7 and TLR8 agonists have also received special attention as vaccine adjuvants because they are expressed in plasmacytoid DC and myeloid DC, the major subsets of human dendritic cells (DC), respectively (5), and by human B cells, and are extremely important for antigen processing and presentation and antibody secretion. In vitro studies have shown that TLR7/8 agonists can enhance the maturation, expression of co-stimulatory markers and cytokine secretion of human DCs, and in vivo studies have also shown that TLR7/8 agonists can enhance the cellular and humoral adaptive responses to antigens in experimental animals. The most important representatives of TLR7/8 agonists are some synthetic small molecules, named imiquimod (R837) and resiquimod (R848). Imiquimod is currently approved and licensed for the treatment of genital warts, superficial basal cell carcinoma and actinic keratosis, while resiquimod has been studied for antiviral and anticancer treatment. In addition, they have also been widely used in vaccine adjuvant research. However, these small molecules have been shown to have some inherent limitations. In particular, they can diffuse away from the site of administration and thus away from the antigen, thereby reducing efficacy and inducing systemic side effects. Therefore, it has been shown that directly conjugating these molecules to aluminum adjuvants can improve vaccine efficacy. Some previous studies have directly conjugated imidazoquinolines to HIV-1 Gag protein or whole inactivated influenza virus to increase Th1 responses and the number of antigen-specific T cells. In addition, conjugation to synthetic polymer scaffolds, lipid-polymer amphiphilic molecules, polyethylene glycol (PEG), nanogels, gelatin, and various other synthetic polymers significantly increased the delivery of imidazoquinolines and promoted the maturation of DCs and antigen-specific T cells. In addition, previous studies using imidazoquinolines in combination with one or more other TLR agonists (such as MPLA [TLR4] and MPLA+CpG ODN [TLR4 and TLR9]) have shown that this combination can enhance the innate immune response, significantly produce antigen-specific neutralizing antibodies, and improve Th1 responses. All of these innovative aspects highlight the excellent potential of TLR7/8 agonists as candidate adjuvants.
当前有几种相关的TLR7/8激动剂专利申请,但仍然需要继续开发高活性、更安全和治疗高度有效的TLR7/8激动剂或疫苗佐剂。There are currently several related TLR7/8 agonist patent applications, but there is still a need to continue to develop highly active, safer and highly therapeutically effective TLR7/8 agonists or vaccine adjuvants.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的目的是提供一种高活性、更安全和治疗高度有效的TLR7/8激动剂或疫苗佐剂。 The object of the present invention is to provide a highly active, safer and highly therapeutically effective TLR7/8 agonist or vaccine adjuvant.
本发明的第一方面,提供了一种如下式(I)所示结构的化合物,或其立体异构体,对映异构体,或其药学上可接受的盐:
The first aspect of the present invention provides a compound having a structure as shown in the following formula (I), or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
其中:in:
Y1为氢或脂质化结构片段,其脂质化结构片段具有如下式所示的结构:
Y1 is hydrogen or a lipid structure fragment, and the lipid structure fragment has a structure as shown in the following formula:
p、q各自独立地选自下组:0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7或8;p, q are each independently selected from the following group: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
m1、m2和r各自独立地选自下组:0、1、2、3、4、5或6;m1, m2 and r are each independently selected from the following group: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
p101选自下组:0或1;p 101 is selected from the following group: 0 or 1;
Q1、Q2各自独立地选自下组:O、-NR303-或-CR304R305-;Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently selected from the following group: O, -NR 303 - or -CR 304 R 305 -;
R303选自下组:H、取代或未取代的C1-6烷基,卤代C1-6烷基;R 303 is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, and halogenated C 1-6 alkyl;
R304和R305相同或不同,各自独立地选自下组:氢、卤素、氰基、取代或未取代的C1-6烷基、取代或未取代的C1-6烷氧基、取代或未取代的C3-6环烷基、取代或未取代的4-6元杂环烷基;R 304 and R 305 are the same or different, and are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl;
Linker为二价连接基团;Linker is a divalent linking group;
R101和R102各自独立地选自下组:取代或未取代的C4-20的直链或支链烷基、取代或未取代的C4-20的直链或支链烯基、取代或未取代的C4-20的直链或支链炔基;R 101 and R 102 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted C 4-20 straight chain or branched chain alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 4-20 straight chain or branched chain alkenyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted C 4-20 straight chain or branched chain alkynyl group;
R201为GalNAc靶头部分,且具有如下式所示的结构:R 201 is a GalNAc target head portion and has a structure as shown in the following formula:
其中,L201、L202和L203各自独立地为二价连接基团,且R203、R204和R205各自独立地为取代或未取代的糖基,较佳地为取代或未取代的N-乙酰半乳糖胺分子所形成的基团; wherein L 201 , L 202 and L 203 are each independently a divalent linking group, and R 203 , R 204 and R 205 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted saccharide group, preferably a group formed by a substituted or unsubstituted N-acetylgalactosamine molecule;
所述L2为选自下组的基团:-(CHR)m1-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-C(O)-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、-(CHR)m1-C(O)-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4-NH(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CHR)m1-5-10元芳杂环-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4-NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-L4-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C3-C9环烷基-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C3-C9杂环烷基-(CHR)m2-;The L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of -(CHR) m1- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-( CH2CH2O ) n3- ( CHR ) m2- , optionally substituted - ( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2 -C(O)-, optionally substituted - (CHR) m1- ( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- , -(CHR) m1 -C( O )-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O) -L4- NH( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR) m2-, 5-10 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring -( CH2CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 -NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -L 4 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C 3 -C 9 cycloalkyl-(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C 3 -C 9 heterocycloalkyl-(CHR) m2 -;
其中,所述的R各自独立地选自以下组:H、D、(CH2)n4NHC(O)NH2、C1-C6烷基;Wherein, each of the R groups is independently selected from the following group: H, D, (CH 2 ) n4 NHC(O)NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
m1、m2和n3各自独立地选自0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12;m1, m2 and n3 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12;
所述的取代指基团上的一个或多个氢原子被选自下组的取代基取代:C1-8烷基、C2-8烯基、C2-8炔基、C3-8环烷基、3-至12-元杂环基,C3-8芳基、5-至7-元杂芳基、卤素、 羟基、羧基(-COOH)、C1-8醛基、C2-10酰基、C2-10酯基、氨基、C1-8烷氧基、C1-10磺酰基;或两个位于相邻环原子上的取代基可与相连的环原子共同构成选自下组的基团:5-7元碳环或杂环、苯环,或5-7元杂芳环;The substitution refers to that one or more hydrogen atoms on the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, C 3-8 aryl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, halogen, Hydroxyl, carboxyl (-COOH), C 1-8 aldehyde, C 2-10 acyl, C 2-10 ester, amino, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 1-10 sulfonyl; or two substituents located on adjacent ring atoms can form a group selected from the following group together with the connected ring atoms: a 5-7 membered carbon ring or heterocyclic ring, a benzene ring, or a 5-7 membered heteroaromatic ring;
D为毒素,其具有选自下组式I-a、式I-b、式I-c或式I-d所示的结构,且所述的毒素通过分子内的N、O或S原子与二价接头-L-Y-共价连接:
D is a toxin having a structure selected from the group consisting of Formula Ia, Formula Ib, Formula Ic or Formula Id, and the toxin is covalently linked to a divalent linker -LY- via an N, O or S atom in the molecule:
其中:in:
L11选自下组:-O-、-NH-、-S-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2-;L 11 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -S-, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -;
R1选自下组:H、C1-12烷基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-12环烷基或4-12元杂环烷基;其中,所述的R1可以进一步被一个或多个R1a取代基所取代,且所述的R1a选自下组:氢、卤素、羟基、氰基、C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C3-6环烷基、-NRa1Ra2、-NHC(=O)-Ra3、一个或多个Ra4取代的5-6元杂芳基、-OC(=O)Ra5、-C(=O)Ra5、-OC(=O)ORa5、-C(=O)ORa5;R 1 is selected from the following group: H, C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl or 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein said R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and said R 1a is selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, -NR a1 R a2 , -NHC(=O)-R a3 , 5-6 membered heteroaryl substituted by one or more R a4 , -OC(=O)R a5 , -C(=O)R a5 , -OC(=O)OR a5 , -C(=O)OR a5 ;
所述Ra1、Ra2、Ra3或Ra4选自下组:C1-6烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C3-6环烷基;Said Ra1 , Ra2 , Ra3 or Ra4 is selected from the following group: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl;
所述Ra5选自下组:C1-24烷基、卤代C1-24烷基、杂原子数为1~10个的C1-24杂烷基,其中,所述的杂原子选自NH、N、O和S中的一种或多种;The Ra5 is selected from the following group: C1-24 alkyl, halogenated C1-24 alkyl, C1-24 heteroalkyl having 1 to 10 heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatoms are selected from one or more of NH, N, O and S;
所述的R2和R3各自独立地选自下组:氢、卤素、氰基、C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C3- 6环烷基、4-6元杂环烷基、5-8元杂环芳基,或5-8元芳基;其中,所述的R2可以进一步被一个或多个选自下组的取代基取代:卤素、羟基、氰基,或氨基;The R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, 5-8 membered heterocyclic aryl, or 5-8 membered aryl; wherein the R2 may be further substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, or amino;
m为0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7或8;m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
B不存在,或者B选自下组:C3-12环烷基、4-12元杂环烷基、C6-12芳基、5-12元杂芳基或其中各个A各自独立地选自C、CH或N,且R6和R7与它们相邻的碳原子之间共同形成C4-7亚环烷基或C4-7亚杂环烷基,所述C4-7亚环烷基或4-7元亚杂环烷基中的1个或多个亚甲基可以各自独立地被羰基或S(=O)2替换;所述4-7元亚杂环烷基中,杂原子选自N、O、S,杂原子个数为1到3;B is absent, or B is selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, or wherein each A is independently selected from C, CH or N, and R 6 and R 7 together with their adjacent carbon atoms form a C 4-7 cycloalkylene group or a C 4-7 heterocycloalkylene group, and one or more methylene groups in the C 4-7 cycloalkylene group or the 4-7 membered heterocycloalkylene group may be independently replaced by a carbonyl group or S(═O) 2 ; in the 4-7 membered heterocycloalkylene group, the heteroatom is selected from N, O, S, and the number of the heteroatoms is 1 to 3;
L12选自下组:无、-(CR1bR1c)p-(NR1d)q-、-O-、-S-、-(CR1bR1c)p-C(=O)-、-(CR1bR1c)p-C(=O)NH-、-(CR1bR1c)p-NHC(=O)-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2-;其中R1b、R1c选自下组:氢、卤素、C1-6烷基、C3-6环烷基、4-6元杂环烷基或C1-6卤代烷基,R1d选自下组:氢、C1- 6烷基、C3-6环烷基、4-6元杂环烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或羟基取代的C1-6烷基,p为0、1、2、3、4、5或6,q为0或1;L 12 is selected from the group consisting of none, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -(NR 1d ) q -, -O-, -S-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -C(═O)-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -C(═O)NH-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -NHC(═O)-, -S(═O)- or -S(═O) 2 -; wherein R 1b , R 1c are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl, and R 1d is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or hydroxy-substituted C 1-6 alkyl; 1-6 alkyl, p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, q is 0 or 1;
R4选自下组:氢、卤素、氰基、氨基、羟基、C1-12烷基、C1-12烷氧基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-12环烷基、4-12元杂环烷基、C6-12芳基或5-12元杂芳基;且所述的R4可任选地被一个或多个R1e取代基取代,其中R1e选自下组:氢、卤素、羟基、羧酸、氨基、 C1-6烷基、一个或多个Re1取代的C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C1-6卤代烷氧基、C3-12环烷基、4-12杂环烷基、C6-12芳基、5-12元杂芳基、-N(Re2Re3)、-C(=O)O-Re2、-C(=O)NH-Re2、-S(=O)2-Re2;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, amino, hydroxyl, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl; and said R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more R 1e substituents, wherein R 1e is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl substituted with one or more R e1 , C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -N(R e2 R e3 ), -C(═O)OR e2 , -C(═O)NH-R e2 , -S(═O) 2 -R e2 ;
且当L12为无且R4为H时,B选自下组:C3-12环烷基、4-12元杂环烷基、C6-12芳基、5-12元杂芳基或其中各个A各自独立地选自C、CH或N,且R6和R7与它们相邻的碳原子之间共同形成C4-7亚环烷基或C4-7亚杂环烷基;When L 12 is absent and R 4 is H, B is selected from the group consisting of C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl or wherein each A is independently selected from C, CH or N, and R6 and R7 together with their adjacent carbon atoms form a C4-7 cycloalkylene or C4-7 heterocycloalkylene;
Re1选自下组:卤素、羟基;R e1 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl;
Re2、Re3选自下组:氢、C1-6烷基、C3-6环烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或羟基取代的C1-6烷基;R e2 and R e3 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or hydroxy-substituted C 1-6 alkyl;
R5选自下组:卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、C1-6烷基、C3-6环烷基、4-6元杂环烷基、C1-6卤代烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C1-6卤代烷氧基、-C(=O)O-Rf、-C(=O)NH-Rf、-S(=O)2-Rf;其中Rf选自下组:氢、C1-6烷基、C3-6环烷基或C1-6卤代烷基;R 5 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, -C(=O)OR f , -C(=O)NH-R f , -S(=O) 2 -R f ; wherein R f is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl or C 1-6 haloalkyl;
n为1、2、3、4、5或6;n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
其中,所述的各个杂环基可以为饱和或部分不饱和(但不具有芳香结构)的,且在所述的杂环基中,杂原子选自N、O、S,杂原子个数为1、2、3或4(优选为1个或2个);所述杂芳基中,杂原子选自N、O、S,杂原子数为1、2或3。Wherein, each of the heterocyclic groups may be saturated or partially unsaturated (but not having an aromatic structure), and in the heterocyclic group, the heteroatom is selected from N, O, S, and the number of heteroatoms is 1, 2, 3 or 4 (preferably 1 or 2); in the heteroaryl group, the heteroatom is selected from N, O, S, and the number of heteroatoms is 1, 2 or 3.
在另一优选例中,所述的Linker具有选自下组的结构:In another preferred embodiment, the Linker has a structure selected from the following group:
C4-C20烷基、
C4-C20 alkyl,
其中,n和m各自独立地选自下组:0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11或12;wherein n and m are each independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12;
n1和n2各自独立地选自下组:0或1; n1 and n2 are each independently selected from the following group: 0 or 1;
W选自下组:单键,NH、取代或未取代的C1-16亚烷基、取代或未取代的7-12元稠合二环、取代或未取代的7-15元螺环、取代或未取代的5-15元桥环、-NH-取代或未取代的7-12元稠合二环、-NH-取代或未取代的7-15元螺环、-NH-取代或未取代的5-15元桥环、-NH-取代或未取代的7-12元稠合二环-NH-、-NH-取代或未取代的7-15元螺环-NH-、-NH-取代或未取代的5-15元桥环-NH-、-NH-取代或未取代的C1-16亚烷基-NH-;其中,所述的稠合二环、螺环和桥环的环原子可以任选地为碳原子或杂原子;W is selected from the following group: a single bond, NH, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-16 alkylene, a substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring, a substituted or unsubstituted 7-15 membered spirocyclic ring, a substituted or unsubstituted 5-15 membered bridged ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-15 membered spirocyclic ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 5-15 membered bridged ring, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring-NH-, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 7-15 membered spirocyclic ring-NH-, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted 5-15 membered bridged ring-NH-, -NH-substituted or unsubstituted C 1-16 alkylene-NH-; wherein the ring atoms of the fused bicyclic ring, spirocyclic ring and bridged ring may be optionally carbon atoms or heteroatoms;
所述的取代指基团上的一个或多个氢原子被选自下组的取代基取代:C1-8烷基、C2- 8烯基、C2-8炔基、C3-8环烷基、3-至12-元杂环基,C6-10芳基、5-至10-元杂芳基、卤素、羟基、羧基(-COOH)、C1-8醛基、C2-10酰基、C2-10酯基、氨基、C1-8烷氧基、C1-10磺酰基;或两个位于相邻环原子上的取代基可与相连的环原子共同构成选自下组的基团:5-7元碳环或杂环、苯环,或5-7元杂芳环;The substitution refers to that one or more hydrogen atoms on the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5- to 10 - membered heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl (-COOH), C 1-8 aldehyde, C 2-10 acyl, C 2-10 ester, amino, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 1-10 sulfonyl; or two substituents located on adjacent ring atoms can form a group selected from the group consisting of a 5-7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, a benzene ring, or a 5-7-membered heteroaromatic ring together with the connected ring atoms;
或W具有选自下组的结构:
Or W has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
其中,s1、s2、s、s4、s5和s6各自独立地选自下组:0、1或2;wherein s1, s2, s, s4, s5 and s6 are each independently selected from the following group: 0, 1 or 2;
s7选自下组:1、2、3、4、5或6;s7 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
各个M1、M2、M3和M4各自独立地选自下组:CHR、C(R)R、C(O)、O、S、NR;Each of M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of CHR, C(R)R, C(O), O, S, NR;
M5和M6各自独立地选自下组:(CHR)s6、C(R)R、C(O)、(CHR)s6-C(O)、O、S、NR; M5 and M6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of (CHR) s6 , C(R)R, C(O), (CHR) s6 -C(O), O, S, NR;
R选自下组:H、卤素、甲基;或两个位于相邻还原子上的R与其所连接的碳原子共同构成取代或未取代的4-8元碳环或杂环(包括饱和,不饱和或芳香性环)。R is selected from the following group: H, halogen, methyl; or two R located on adjacent reducing atoms and the carbon atom to which they are connected together form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring (including saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring).
在另一优选例中,所述的W具有选自下组的结构:
In another preferred embodiment, the W has a structure selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的Linker具有选自下组的结构: In another preferred embodiment, the Linker has a structure selected from the following group:
-L2-L3-L4-Y-;-L 2 -L 3 -L 4 -Y-;
其中,所述L2为选自下组的基团:-(CHR)m1-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-C(O)-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、-(CHR)m1-C(O)-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4-NH(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CHR)m1-5-10元芳杂环-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4-NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-L4-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C3-C9环烷基-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C3-C9杂环烷基-(CHR)m2-;wherein L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of -(CHR) m1 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -C(O)-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L4 - NH(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CHR) m1 -5-10 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 -NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -L 4 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C 3 -C 9 cycloalkyl-(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C 3 -C 9 heterocycloalkyl-(CHR) m2 -;
所述L4为任选取代的选自下组的基团:化学键、 其中,所述Ra和Rb各自独立地选自以下组:氢、任选取代的C1-C4烷基、任选取代的C1-C4氘代烷基、CH2COOH;The L4 is an optionally substituted group selected from the group consisting of: a chemical bond, wherein said Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the following group: hydrogen, optionally substituted C1 - C4 alkyl, optionally substituted C1 - C4 deuterated alkyl, CH2COOH ;
所述R101选自下组:氢、卤素、氰基、氨基、羟基、羧基、酯基、C1-12烷基、C1- 12烷氧基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-12环烷基、4-12元杂环烷基、C6-12芳基或5-12元杂芳基、-L4-C(O)-(CH2CH2O)n3-R、-C(O)-NR-(CHR)m2-NR-C(O)-(CH2CH2O)n3-R;The R 101 is selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, cyano, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, ester, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl or 5-12 membered heteroaryl, -L 4 -C(O)-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -R, -C(O)-NR-(CHR) m2 -NR-C(O)-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -R;
L3为肽残基[Am]p1-:其中,p1为0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7或8;Am为氨基酸残基;L 3 is a peptide residue [Am] p1 -: wherein p1 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8; Am is an amino acid residue;
Y选自下组:-C(O)-、-OC(O)-、-NHC(O)-、-NR-(CHR)m2-NR-C(O)-、-NR-(CHR)m2-NR-C(O)O-(CHR)m1-、化学键;Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -NHC(O)-, -NR-(CHR) m2 -NR-C(O)-, -NR-(CHR) m2 -NR-C(O)O-(CHR) m1 -, a chemical bond;
其中,所述的R各自独立地选自以下组:H、D、(CH2)n4NHC(O)NH2、C1-C6烷基;Wherein, each of the R groups is independently selected from the following group: H, D, (CH 2 ) n4 NHC(O)NH 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
m1、m2和n3各自独立地选自0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12;m1, m2 and n3 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12;
m101选自0、1、2、3、4;m101 is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4;
除非特别说明,所述的各个“取代”指基团上的一个或多个氢原子被选自下组的取代基所取代:氢原子、氘原子、卤素、腈基、硝基、羟基、氨基、C1-C6烷基-NH-、(C1-C6烷基)2N-、C1-C6烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、C1-C6烷氧基、卤代C1-C6烷基、卤代C2-C6烯基、卤代C2-C6炔基、卤代C1-C6烷氧基、烯丙基、苄基、C6-C12芳基、C1-C6烷氧基-C1-C6烷基、C1-C6烷氧基-羰基、苯氧羰基、C2-C6炔基-羰基、C2-C6烯基-羰基、C3-C6环烷基-羰基、C1-C6烷基-磺酰基、苯基、5-7元杂芳基、C3-C8环烷基、3-12元杂环基,或C(O)NH-L2H。Unless otherwise specified, the term “substituted” refers to the substitution of one or more hydrogen atoms on a group with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom, a halogen, a nitrile group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl-NH-, a (C 1 -C 6 alkyl) 2 N-, a C 1 -C 6 alkyl, a C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, a C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, a halogenated C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 2 -C 6 alkenyl group, a halogenated C 2 -C 6 alkynyl group, a halogenated C 1 -C 6 alkoxy group, an allyl group, a benzyl group, a C 6 -C 12 aryl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy-C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy-carbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a C 2 -C 6 alkynyl-carbonyl group, a C 2 -C 6 alkenyl-carbonyl group, a C 3 -C 6 C 6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl-sulfonyl, phenyl, 5-7 membered heteroaryl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, 3-12 membered heterocyclyl, or C(O)NH—L 2 H.
在另一优选例中,所述L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的-(CHR)m1-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-;In another preferred embodiment, L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted -(CHR) m1- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-( CH2CH2O ) n3- ( CHR ) m2- , optionally substituted -(CHR) m1- ( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2- ;
p1为0;p1 is 0;
所述L4为化学键。The L 4 is a chemical bond.
在另一优选例中,所述L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH- (CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-;In another preferred embodiment, L2 is a group selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH- (CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -;
p1为0;p1 is 0;
所述L4为化学键。The L 4 is a chemical bond.
在另一优选例中,所述L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的-(CHR)m1-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-;In another preferred embodiment, L 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -;
p1为0;p1 is 0;
所述L4为化学键。The L 4 is a chemical bond.
在另一优选例中,所述L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-;In another preferred embodiment, the L 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-;
p1为1、2或3;p1 is 1, 2, or 3;
所述L4为任选取代的选自下组的基团: The L4 is an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的(CHR)m1-C(O)-;In another preferred embodiment, the L 2 is a group selected from the following group: optionally substituted (CHR) m1 -C(O)-;
p1为1、2或3;p1 is 1, 2, or 3;
所述L4为任选取代的选自下组的基团: The L4 is an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的-(CH2)m1-C(O)-、任选取代的-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-C(O)-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C3-C9环烷基-(CHR)m2-;较佳地,m1和m2各自独立地选自0、1、2、3、4或5;n3选自0、1或2;In another preferred embodiment, L2 is a group selected from the following group: optionally substituted -( CH2 ) m1 -C(O)-, optionally substituted -( CH2CH2O ) n3- (CHR) m2 - C (O)-, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 - C3 - C9cycloalkyl- (CHR) m2- ; preferably, m1 and m2 are each independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; n3 is selected from 0, 1 or 2;
p1为0;p1 is 0;
所述L4为化学键,或任选取代的选自下组的基团: The L 4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的L2为选自下组的基团:任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4- NH(RCH)m1-(OCH2CH2)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)NH-(CHR)m1-5-10元芳杂环-(CH2CH2O)n3-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4-NH-(CH2CH2O)n3-L4-(CHR)m2-、任选取代的-(CHR)m1-C(O)-L4-NH(RCH)m1-(OCH2CH2)n3-L4-(CHR)m2-;较佳地,5元到10元芳杂环为5元或6元芳杂环In another preferred embodiment, the L 2 is a group selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 - NH(RCH) m1 -(OCH 2 CH 2 ) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)NH-(CHR) m1 -5-10 membered aromatic heterocycle -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 -NH-(CH 2 CH 2 O) n3 -L 4 -(CHR) m2 -, optionally substituted -(CHR) m1 -C(O)-L 4 -NH(RCH) m1 -(OCH 2 CH 2 ) n3 -L 4 -(CHR) m2 -; preferably, the 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocycle is a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycle
p1为0;p1 is 0;
所述L4为化学键,或任选取代的选自下组的基团: The L 4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted group selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述L3为选自以下组的氨基酸构成的肽残基:苯丙氨酸、异亮氨酸、亮氨酸、色氨酸、缬氨酸、甲硫氨酸、酪氨酸、丙氨酸、苏氨酸、组氨酸、丝氨酸、谷氨酰胺、精氨酸、赖氨酸、天冬酰胺、谷氨酸、脯氨酸、瓜氨酸、天冬氨酸和甘氨酸。In another preferred embodiment, L3 is a peptide residue consisting of amino acids selected from the following group: phenylalanine, isoleucine, leucine, tryptophan, valine, methionine, tyrosine, alanine, threonine, histidine, serine, glutamine, arginine, lysine, asparagine, glutamic acid, proline, citrulline, aspartic acid and glycine.
在另一优选例中,所述L3为选自以下组的氨基酸构成的肽残基:甘氨酸、丙氨酸、赖氨酸、苯丙氨酸、缬氨酸和瓜氨酸。In another preferred embodiment, the L3 is a peptide residue consisting of amino acids selected from the following group: glycine, alanine, lysine, phenylalanine, valine and citrulline.
在另一优选例中,所述L3为选自以下组的肽残基:-甘氨酸-苯丙氨酸-甘氨酸-(-Gly-Phe-Gly-)、-甘氨酸-甘氨酸-苯丙氨酸-甘氨酸-(-Gly-Gly-Phe-Gly-)、-缬氨酸-瓜氨酸-(-Val-Cit-)、-瓜氨酸-缬氨酸-(-Cit-Val-)、-瓜氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Cit-Ala-)、-缬氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Val-Ala-)、-缬氨酸-精氨酸-(-Val-Arg-)、-缬氨酸-赖氨酸-(-Val-Lys-)、-缬氨酸-赖氨酸(Ac)-(-Val-Lys(Ac)-)、-赖氨酸-缬氨酸-(-Lys-Val-)、-亮氨酸-瓜氨酸-(-Leu-Cit-)、-异亮氨酸-瓜氨酸-(-Ile-Cit-)、-色氨酸-瓜氨酸-(-Trp-Cit-)、-苯丙氨酸-赖氨酸-(-Phe-Lys-)、-苯丙氨酸-赖氨酸(Ac)-(-Phe-Lys(Ac)-)、-苯丙氨酸-瓜氨酸-(-Phe-Cit-)、-苯丙氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Phe-Ala-)、-苯丙氨酸-精氨酸-(-Phe-Arg-)、-丙氨酸-赖氨酸-(-Ala-Lys-)、-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Ala-Ala-)、-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Ala-Ala-Ala-)、-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-天冬酰胺-(-Ala-Ala-Asn-)、-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-天冬氨酸-(Ala-Ala-Asp-)、-赖氨酸-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-天冬酰胺-(-Lys-Ala-Ala-Asn-)、-赖氨酸-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-天冬氨酸-(-Lys-Ala-Ala-Asp-)、-(D)-缬氨酸-亮氨酸-赖氨酸-(-D-Val-Leu-Lys-)、-甘氨酸-甘氨酸-精氨酸-(-Gly-Gly-Arg-)、-甘氨酸-甘氨酸-天冬酰胺-(-Gly-Gly-Asn-)、-甘氨酸-甘氨酸-苯丙氨酸-(-Gly-Gly-Phe-)、-缬氨酸-赖氨酸-甘氨酸-(-Val-Lys-Gly-)、-谷氨酸-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Glu-Ala-Ala-)、-天冬氨酸-丙氨酸-丙氨酸-(-Asp-Ala-Ala-)、-缬氨酸-赖氨酸-甘氨酸-甘氨酸-(-Val-Lys-Gly-Gly-)和-赖氨酸-丙氨酸-天冬酰胺-(-Lys-Ala-Asn-)。In another preferred embodiment, L3 is a peptide residue selected from the following group: -Glycine-Phenylalanine-Glycine-(-Gly-Phe-Gly-), -Glycine-Glycine-Phenylalanine-Glycine-(-Gly-Gly-Phe-Gly-), -Valine-Citrulline-(-Val-Cit-), -Citrulline-Valine-(-Cit-Val-), -Citrulline-Alanine-(-Cit-Ala-), -Valine-Alanine-(-Val-Ala-), -Valine-Arginine-(-Val-Arg-), -Valine-Lysine-(-Val-Lys-), -Valine-Lysine (Ac)-(-Val-Lys (Ala-)). c)-), -Lysine-Valine-(-Lys-Val-), -Leucine-Citrulline-(-Leu-Cit-), -Isoleucine-Citrulline-(-Ile-Cit-), -Tryptophan-Citrulline-(-Trp-Cit-), -Phenylalanine-Lysine-(-Phe-Lys-), -Phenylalanine-Lys(Ac)-(-Phe-Lys(Ac)-), -Phenylalanine-Citrulline-(-Phe-Cit-), -Phenylalanine-Ala-(-Phe-Ala-), -Phenylalanine-Arg-(-Phe-Arg-), -Ala-Lysine-(-Ala-Lys-), -Ala- -Ala-Ala-), -Ala-Ala-Ala-Ala-), -Ala-Ala-Asparagine-(-Ala-Ala-Asn-), -Ala-Ala-Aspartic Acid-(Ala-Ala-Asp-), -Lysine-Ala-Ala-Ala-Asparagine-(-Lys-Ala-Ala-Asn-), -Lysine-Ala-Ala-Ala-Aspartic Acid-(-Lys-Ala-Ala-Asp-), -(D)-Valine-Leu-Lysine-(-D-Val-Leu-Lys-), -Glycine-Glycine-Arginine- (-Gly-Gly-Arg-), -Glycine-Glycine-Asparagine-(-Gly-Gly-Asn-), -Glycine-Glycine-Phenylalanine-(-Gly-Gly-Phe-), -Valine-Lysine-Glycine-(-Val-Lys-Gly-), -Glutamic acid-Alanine-Alanine-(-Glu-Ala-Ala-), -Aspartic acid-Alanine-Alanine-(-Asp-Ala-Ala-), -Valine-Lysine-Glycine-Glycine-(-Val-Lys-Gly-Gly-), and -Lysine-Alanine-Asparagine-(-Lys-Ala-Asn-).
在另一优选例中,所述L3为选自以下组的结构:
In another preferred embodiment, the L3 is a structure selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述L4为化学键,或为任选取代的选自下组的基团: 其中,所述Ra和Rb各自独立地选自以下组:氢、任选取代的C1-C4烷基、任选取代的C1-C4氘代烷基。In another preferred embodiment, L 4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted group selected from the following group: Wherein, the Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the following group: hydrogen, optionally substituted C1 - C4 alkyl, and optionally substituted C1 - C4 deuterated alkyl.
在另一优选例中,所述L4为化学键,或为任选取代的选自下组的结构: In another preferred embodiment, L4 is a chemical bond, or an optionally substituted structure selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述Y为-C(O)-、-OC(O)-、-NHC(O)-、化学键。In another preferred embodiment, Y is -C(O)-, -OC(O)-, -NHC(O)-, or a chemical bond.
在另一优选例中,所述的L201、L202和L203各自独立地为选自下组的结构:
In another preferred embodiment, L 201 , L 202 and L 203 are each independently selected from the following structures:
其中,各个u、v和w各自独立地选自1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10或11;u1和u2各自独立地选自0或1;Glu为未修饰或修饰的5-6元糖基;wherein each u, v and w are independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11; u1 and u2 are independently selected from 0 or 1; Glu is an unmodified or modified 5-6-membered glycosyl;
X和Y2各自独立地选自下组:-NH-(C1-C6烷基)-NH-、-NH-(C3-C8环烷基)-NH-、-NH-(4-10元杂环基)-NH-、其中,所述的环D为4-15元杂环基;X and Y2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)-NH-, -NH-(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)-NH-, -NH-(4-10 membered heterocyclyl)-NH-, Wherein, the ring D is a 4-15 membered heterocyclic group;
其中,所述的环烷基、杂环基可为单环、稠合环、桥环或螺环;所述的杂环基可以是饱和或部分不饱和的(但不具备芳香性)。The cycloalkyl and heterocyclic groups may be monocyclic, condensed, bridged or spirocyclic; the heterocyclic group may be saturated or partially unsaturated (but not aromatic).
在另一优选例中,R2和linker部分至少包括一个单环、稠合环、桥环或螺环结构单元。In another preferred embodiment, R 2 and the linker portion include at least one monocyclic, fused, bridged or spirocyclic structural unit.
在另一优选例中,R2和linker部分至少包括一个稠合环、桥环或螺环结构单元。In another preferred embodiment, R 2 and the linker portion include at least one fused ring, bridged ring or spiro ring structural unit.
在另一优选例中,所述的X和Y2各自独立地具有选自下组的结构: In another preferred embodiment, X and Y2 each independently have a structure selected from the following group:
-NH-(C1-C6烷基)-NH-、-NH-(C3-C8环烷基)-NH-、-NH-(4-10元杂环基)-NH-,或选自下组的结构:
-NH-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)-NH-, -NH-(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)-NH-, -NH-(4-10 membered heterocyclyl)-NH-, or a structure selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的糖基具有如下式III所示的结构:
In another preferred embodiment, the sugar group has a structure shown in the following formula III:
其中,所述的R211选自下组:-NH(C2-C6酰基)、-NH(卤代C2-C6酰基)、-NH(C2-C6磺酰基)、-NH(卤代C2-C6磺酰基);Wherein, the R 211 is selected from the following group: -NH(C 2 -C 6 acyl), -NH(halogenated C 2 -C 6 acyl), -NH(C 2 -C 6 sulfonyl), -NH(halogenated C 2 -C 6 sulfonyl);
R212、R213和R214各自独立地选自下组:H或C1-C6酰基。R 212 , R 213 and R 214 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H or C 1 -C 6 acyl.
在另一优选例中,所述的R211选自下组:-NH(C2-C4酰基);R212、R213和R214各自独立地选自下组:H或C1-C4酰基。In another preferred embodiment, R 211 is selected from the following group: -NH (C 2 -C 4 acyl); R 212 , R 213 and R 214 are each independently selected from the following group: H or C 1 -C 4 acyl.
在另一优选例中,所述的R211为-NHAc;R212、R213和R214各自独立地选自下组:H或Ac。In another preferred embodiment, R 211 is -NHAc; R 212 , R 213 and R 214 are each independently selected from the following group: H or Ac.
在另一优选例中,L11选自下组:-O-、-NH-或-S-。In another preferred embodiment, L 11 is selected from the following group: -O-, -NH- or -S-.
在另一优选例中,L11为-NH-。In another preferred embodiment, L 11 is -NH-.
在另一优选例中,m为1或2。In another preferred embodiment, m is 1 or 2.
在另一优选例中,R1选自下组:C1-12烷基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-12环烷基或4-12元杂环烷基;且所述的R1可以进一步被一个或多个R1a取代基所取代,且所述的R1a选自下组:卤素、羟基、氰基、C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C3-6环烷基、-NRa1Ra2、-NHC(=O)-Ra3、一个或多个Ra4取代的5-6元杂芳基、-OC(=O)Ra5、-C(=O)Ra5、-OC(=O)ORa5、-C(=O)ORa5。In another preferred embodiment, R 1 is selected from the following group: C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl or 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl; and the R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and the R 1a is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, -NR a1 R a2 , -NHC(=O)-R a3 , a 5-6 membered heteroaryl substituted by one or more R a4 , -OC(=O)R a5 , -C(=O)R a5 , -OC(=O)OR a5 , -C(=O)OR a5 .
在另一优选例中,所述的R1选自下组:C1-12烷基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-12环烷基或4-12元杂环烷基;且所述的R1可以进一步被一个或多个R1a取代基所取代,且所述的R1a选自下组:卤素、羟基、氰基、C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C3-6环烷基。In another preferred embodiment, the R 1 is selected from the following group: C 1-12 alkyl, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl or 4-12 membered heterocycloalkyl; and the R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and the R 1a is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
在另一优选例中,R1选自下组:H、C1-8烷基、C1-8烷氧基、C2-8烯基、C2-8炔基、C3-8环烷基或4-8元杂环烷基;其中,所述的R1可以进一步被一个或多个R1a取代基所取代,且所述的R1a选自下组:氢、卤素、羟基、氰基、C1-4烷基、C1-4烷氧基。In another preferred embodiment, R 1 is selected from the following group: H, C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl or 4-8 membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein, said R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and said R 1a is selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy.
在另一优选例中,所述的R1选自下组:C1-8烷基;且所述的R1可以进一步被一个或多个R1a取代基所取代,且所述的R1a选自下组:C1-6烷基、C3-6环烷基。In another preferred embodiment, the R 1 is selected from the following group: C 1-8 alkyl; and the R 1 may be further substituted by one or more R 1a substituents, and the R 1a is selected from the following group: C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
在另一优选例中,B不存在,或者B选自下组:C3-8环烷基、4-7元杂环基、C6-10芳基,或 In another preferred embodiment, B is absent, or B is selected from the following group: C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 4-7 membered heterocyclic group, C 6-10 aryl, or
在另一优选例中,所述的B不存在,或者B选自下组:苯基、吡啶基。In another preferred embodiment, the B does not exist, or B is selected from the following group: phenyl, pyridyl.
在另一优选例中,L12选自下组:-(CR1bR1c)p-(NR1d)q-、-O-、-S-、-(CR1bR1c)p-C(=O)-、-(CR1bR1c)p-C(=O)NH-、-(CR1bR1c)p-NHC(=O)-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2-;其中R1b、R1c选自下组:氢、卤素、C1-6烷基;R1d为氢或C1-6烷基;p为0、1、2或3,q为0或1。In another preferred embodiment, L 12 is selected from the following group: -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -(NR 1d ) q -, -O-, -S-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -C(=O)-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -C(=O)NH-, -(CR 1b R 1c ) p -NHC(=O)-, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -; wherein R 1b , R 1c are selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl; R 1d is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3, and q is 0 or 1.
在另一优选例中,所述的L12选自下组:-(CH2)p-、-(CH2)p-NR1d-、-O-、-S-、-(CH2)p-C(=O)-、-(CH2)p-C(=O)NH-、-(CH2)p-NHC(=O)-;其中R1d为氢或C1-6烷基;p为0、1、2或3。In another preferred embodiment, L 12 is selected from the following group: -(CH 2 ) p -, -(CH 2 ) p -NR 1d -, -O-, -S-, -(CH 2 ) p -C(=O)-, -(CH 2 ) p -C(=O)NH-, -(CH 2 ) p -NHC(=O)-; wherein R 1d is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
在另一优选例中,R4选自下组:氢、卤素、氨基、羟基、C1-12烷基、C1-12烷氧基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-10环烷基、4-10元杂环基、C6-12芳基,或5-12元杂芳基;且所述的R4可任选地被一个或多个Re取代基取代;其中Re选自下组:氢、卤素、羟基、羧酸、氨基、C1-6烷基、一个或多个Re1取代的C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C1-6卤代烷氧基、C3-8环烷基、4-7元杂环基、苯基、5-7元杂芳基、-N(Re2Re3);其中Re1选自下组:卤素、羟基、-P(O)(ORe2)2;Re2、Re3选自下组:氢、C1-6烷基、C3-6环烷基、C1-6卤代烷基或羟基取代的C1-6烷基。In another preferred embodiment, R 4 is selected from the following groups: hydrogen, halogen, amino, hydroxyl, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6-12 aryl, or 5-12 membered heteroaryl; and the R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more Re substituents; wherein Re is selected from the following groups: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, one or more Re1- substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 4-7 membered heterocyclyl, phenyl, 5-7 membered heteroaryl, -N( Re2Re3 ); wherein Re1 is selected from the following groups: halogen, hydroxyl , -P(O)( ORe2 ) 2 ; Re2 and Re3 are selected from the following groups: hydrogen, C The present invention can be any of C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl or C 1-6 alkyl substituted with hydroxy.
在另一优选例中,R5选自下组:卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C3-6环烷基。In another preferred embodiment, R 5 is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
在另一优选例中,所述的R4选自下组:氢、C1-12烷基、C1-12烷氧基、环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或选自下组的环失去一个氢原子形成的基团: 且所述的R4可任选地被一个或多个Re取代基取代。In another preferred embodiment, R 4 is selected from the following group: hydrogen, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or a group formed by losing a hydrogen atom from a ring selected from the following group: And the R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more Re substituents.
在另一优选例中,R5选自下组:卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C3-6环烷基。In another preferred embodiment, R 5 is selected from the following group: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-6 cycloalkyl.
在另一优选例中,R5选自下组:卤素、C1-4烷基、C1-4烷氧基。In another preferred embodiment, R 5 is selected from the following group: halogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy.
在另一优选例中,所述的毒素选自下组:
In another preferred embodiment, the toxin is selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的R201-NHC(O)具有选自下组的结构:
In another preferred embodiment, the R 201 -NHC(O) has a structure selected from the following group:
在另一优选例中,所述的化合物选自下组:
In another preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from the following group:
本发明的第二方面,提供了一种如下式I-a、式I-b、式I-c或式I-d所示的化合物,或其立体异构体,对映异构体,或其药学上可接受的盐
In a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound represented by the following formula Ia, Ib, Ic or Id, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
其中:in:
R4选自下组:氢、卤素、氰基、氨基、羟基、C1-12烷基、C1-12烷氧基、C2-12烯基、C2-12炔基、C3-12环烷基、4-12元杂环烷基、C6-12芳基或5-12元杂芳基;且所述的R4可任选地被一个或多个R1e取代基取代,其中R1e选自下组:氢、卤素、羟基、羧酸、氨基、C1-6烷基、一个或多个Re1取代的C1-6烷基、C1-6烷氧基、C1-6卤代烷氧基、C3-12环烷基、4-12杂环烷基、C6-12芳基、5-12元杂芳基、-N(Re2Re3)、-C(=O)O-Re2、-C(=O)NH-Re2、-S(=O)2-Re2;R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, amino, hydroxy, C 1-12 alkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, C 2-12 alkenyl, C 2-12 alkynyl, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, or 5-12 heteroaryl; and said R 4 may be optionally substituted by one or more R 1e substituents, wherein R 1e is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, one or more R e1 substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 3-12 cycloalkyl, 4-12 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-12 aryl, 5-12 heteroaryl, -N(R e2 R e3 ), -C(=O)OR e2 , -C(=O)NH-R e2 , -S(=O) 2 -R e2 ;
且所述的R4至少被一个R1e取代基取代,一个;其中,所述的R1e取代基具有如下结构:
And the R 4 is substituted by at least one R 1e substituent, one; wherein the R 1e substituent has the following structure:
其中,Q2为-CR304R305-;所述的R304和R305相同或不同,各自独立地选自下组:氢、卤素、氰基、取代或未取代的C1-6烷基、取代或未取代的C1-6烷氧基、取代或未取代的C3-6环烷基、取代或未取代的4-6元杂环烷基;优选地,所述的R304和R305为:H或F;Wherein, Q 2 is -CR 304 R 305 -; R 304 and R 305 are the same or different, and are independently selected from the following group: hydrogen, halogen, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-6 alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl; preferably, R 304 and R 305 are: H or F;
在另一优选例中,所述的化合物选自下组:
In another preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from the following group:
本发明的第三方面,提供了一种选自下组的化合物,或其立体异构体,对映异构体,或其药学上可接受的盐:
The third aspect of the present invention provides a compound selected from the following group, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
本发明的第四方面,提供了一种药物组合物,其含有本发明第一至第三方面所述的化合物,或其立体异构体,对映异构体,或其药学上可接受的盐,以及任选地药学上可接受的载体、稀释剂或赋形剂。The fourth aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in the first to third aspects of the present invention, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
本发明的第五方面,提了本发明第一至第三方面所述的化合物,或其立体异构体,对映异构体,或其药学上可接受的盐,和/或本发明第四方面所述的药物组合物在制备用于治疗或预防病毒感染或肿瘤的药物中的用途。The fifth aspect of the present invention provides the use of the compounds described in the first to third aspects of the present invention, or their stereoisomers, enantiomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and/or the pharmaceutical composition described in the fourth aspect of the present invention in the preparation of drugs for treating or preventing viral infections or tumors.
本发明的第六方面,提供了一种联合佐剂,所述的联合佐剂包括:铝佐剂,及吸附于所述的铝佐剂上的TLR7/8激动剂;其中,所述的TLR7/8激动剂包括如本发明第一至第三方面所述的化合物,或其立体异构体,对映异构体,或其药学上可接受的盐。The sixth aspect of the present invention provides a combined adjuvant, which comprises: an aluminum adjuvant, and a TLR7/8 agonist adsorbed on the aluminum adjuvant; wherein the TLR7/8 agonist comprises the compound as described in the first to third aspects of the present invention, or its stereoisomers, enantiomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
应理解,在本发明范围内中,本发明的上述各技术特征和在下文(如实施例)中具体描述的各技术特征之间都可以互相组合,从而构成新的或优选的技术方案。限于篇幅,在此不再一一累述。It should be understood that within the scope of the present invention, the above-mentioned technical features of the present invention and the technical features specifically described below (such as embodiments) can be combined with each other to form a new or preferred technical solution. Due to space limitations, they will not be described one by one here.
本发明人经过长期而深入的研究,设计了一类可以作为疫苗佐剂的药物化合物,所述的药物化合物在与铝佐剂混合后,能够用于提高疫苗的效力。在上述发现的基础上,发明人完成了本发明。After long and in-depth research, the inventors have designed a class of drug compounds that can be used as vaccine adjuvants, which can be used to improve the efficacy of vaccines after being mixed with aluminum adjuvants. Based on the above findings, the inventors have completed the present invention.
式I化合物的制备方法Preparation method of compound of formula I
本发明提供了上述的如式I所示的化合物的制备方法,具体地,本发明化合物采用以下流程如化合物III-2或化合物III-11或化合物IV-8的制备方法,可以通过本领域常规的调整进行制备: The present invention provides a method for preparing the compound as shown in Formula I. Specifically, the compound of the present invention adopts the following process, such as the preparation method of compound III-2 or compound III-11 or compound IV-8, and can be prepared by conventional adjustments in the art:
当本发明化合物具有如III-2结构式,或为其类似物时,其制备方法反应式如下:
When the compound of the present invention has the structural formula III-2, or an analog thereof, the preparation method thereof is as follows:
以1,20-二碘-3,6,9,12,15,18-六氧代二十烷(III-2-2)和(二氟甲基)膦酸二乙酯为起始原料,在碱(如二异丙基氨基)的作用下,制备得到化合物III-2-3;化合物III-2-3与化合物II-1-4在碱的作用下(如碳酸钾)可以制备得到化合物III-2-1;化合物III-2-1溶于适当的溶剂中(如二氯甲烷,二氯乙烷),在TMSBr(三甲基溴硅烷)的作用下水解制备得到化合物III-2。Using 1,20-diiodo-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxoeicosane (III-2-2) and diethyl (difluoromethyl)phosphonate as starting materials, under the action of a base (such as diisopropylamino), compound III-2-3 is prepared; compound III-2-3 and compound II-1-4 can be prepared under the action of a base (such as potassium carbonate) to obtain compound III-2-1; compound III-2-1 is dissolved in an appropriate solvent (such as dichloromethane, dichloroethane), and hydrolyzed under the action of TMSBr (trimethylsilyl bromide) to obtain compound III-2.
本发明提供了一种具有所述如III-11结构式的衍生物的制备方法,反应式如下:
The present invention provides a method for preparing a derivative having the structural formula III-11, and the reaction formula is as follows:
以2-(2-氯乙氧基)乙氧基乙烷-1-醇和苄溴为起始原料,在碱(如钠氢)的作用下,制备得到化合物III-11-1;化合物III-11-1经过取代反应,脱保护,缩合反应,加氢脱保护可以制备得到化合物III-11-5;化合物III-11-5和双(二异丙基氨基)(2-氰基乙氧基)膦为起始原料,在四氮唑的作用下,制备得到化合物III-11-6;同样化合物III-11-6与化合物II-4为起始原料,分别经过四氮唑作用下的取代反应,碘单质氧化反应和DBU脱保护反应制备得到化合物III-11。Using 2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethoxyethane-1-ol and benzyl bromide as starting materials, under the action of a base (such as sodium hydrogen), compound III-11-1 is prepared; compound III-11-1 can be prepared into compound III-11-5 through substitution reaction, deprotection, condensation reaction, and hydrogenation deprotection; compound III-11-5 and bis(diisopropylamino)(2-cyanoethoxy)phosphine are used as starting materials, under the action of tetrazole, compound III-11-6 is prepared; similarly, compound III-11-6 and compound II-4 are used as starting materials, and are respectively subjected to substitution reaction under the action of tetrazole, iodine oxidation reaction, and DBU deprotection reaction to prepare compound III-11.
本发明还提供了一种具有所述如IV-8结构式的衍生物的制备方法,反应式如下:
The present invention also provides a method for preparing a derivative having the structural formula IV-8, and the reaction formula is as follows:
按照专利WO2014025805A1所述制备L96的方法,通过本领域技术人员熟知的方式方法或按照现有技术中已经详细描述的方法可以顺利合成制备得到化合物A2或其类似衍生物。According to the method for preparing L96 described in patent WO2014025805A1, compound A2 or its similar derivatives can be successfully synthesized by methods well known to those skilled in the art or according to methods described in detail in the prior art.
以化合物A2和化合物III-6-3为起始原料,在碱(如TEA)的作用下,制备得到化合物IV-8-1;化合物IV-8-1在氨甲醇溶液中脱保护制备得到化合物IV-8。Using compound A2 and compound III-6-3 as starting materials, compound IV-8-1 is prepared under the action of a base (such as TEA); compound IV-8-1 is deprotected in an ammonia methanol solution to prepare compound IV-8.
含有TLR7/8激动剂的联合佐剂及其制备Combined adjuvant containing TLR7/8 agonist and preparation thereof
本发明提供一种铝佐剂吸附TLR7/8激动剂作为联合佐剂的制备方法,具体地,上述制备方法包括如下步骤:The present invention provides a method for preparing an aluminum adjuvant adsorbing a TLR7/8 agonist as a combined adjuvant. Specifically, the preparation method comprises the following steps:
(1)先将TLR7/8激动剂溶于无菌水中,再稀释分散在适当的pH缓冲液中;(1) Dissolve the TLR7/8 agonist in sterile water and then dilute and disperse it in an appropriate pH buffer;
(2)向步骤(1)溶液中添加铝佐剂进行混合,充分吸附。(2) adding aluminum adjuvant to the solution of step (1) and mixing them for sufficient adsorption.
具体地,步骤(1)TLR7/8激动剂溶解度未达到目标浓度时,可以加入少量的氢氧化钠溶液进行助溶。Specifically, when the solubility of the TLR7/8 agonist in step (1) does not reach the target concentration, a small amount of sodium hydroxide solution can be added to assist dissolution.
具体地,步骤(1)缓冲溶液pH可以在5.5至8.0(具体如5.5、6.0、6.5、7.0、7.5、8.0),可以为整数或小数,pH优选在6.5~7.5之间。Specifically, the pH of the buffer solution in step (1) can be between 5.5 and 8.0 (specifically, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0), which can be an integer or a decimal, and the pH is preferably between 6.5 and 7.5.
具体地,步骤(1)缓冲溶液可以是Tris缓冲液、组氨酸缓冲液、柠檬酸缓冲液、 琥珀酸缓冲液、硼酸缓冲液中的一种。优选Tris缓冲液、组氨酸缓冲液。Specifically, the buffer solution in step (1) can be Tris buffer, histidine buffer, citrate buffer, One of succinate buffer and borate buffer, preferably Tris buffer and histidine buffer.
具体地,步骤(1)缓冲溶液的浓度1~50mM(具体如1、5、10、15、20、30、50mM),可以为整数或小数,优选在5~30mM之间,更优选10~20mM。Specifically, the concentration of the buffer solution in step (1) is 1 to 50 mM (specifically 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50 mM), which can be an integer or a decimal, preferably between 5 and 30 mM, and more preferably between 10 and 20 mM.
具体地,步骤(2)铝佐剂可以是氢氧化铝佐剂、磷酸铝佐剂。优选氢氧化铝佐剂。Specifically, the aluminum adjuvant in step (2) can be aluminum hydroxide adjuvant or aluminum phosphate adjuvant, preferably aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
具体地,步骤(2)铝佐剂与TLR7/8激动剂的质量比可以是0.5-10:1(0.5:1、1:1、2:1、3:1、5:1、10:1),可以为其范围的任意一个比例,可以为整数或小数。优选1~3:1,更优选1~2:1.Specifically, the mass ratio of the aluminum adjuvant to the TLR7/8 agonist in step (2) can be 0.5-10:1 (0.5:1, 1:1, 2:1, 3:1, 5:1, 10:1), and can be any ratio within the range, and can be an integer or a decimal. Preferably, it is 1 to 3:1, and more preferably, it is 1 to 2:1.
具体地,步骤(2)铝佐剂吸附TLR7/8激动剂后的混合反应温度可以是2~30℃(2、8、10、20、25、30℃),可以为整数或小数,优选在10~30℃之间,更优选15~25℃。Specifically, in step (2), the temperature of the mixed reaction after the aluminum adjuvant adsorbs the TLR7/8 agonist can be 2-30°C (2, 8, 10, 20, 25, 30°C), which can be an integer or a decimal, preferably between 10-30°C, and more preferably between 15-25°C.
具体地,步骤(2)铝佐剂吸附TLR7/8激动剂后的混合时间可以是0.5h~10h(0.5、1、2、3、4、5、10h)可以为整数或小数,优选在0.5~3h之间,更优选1~2h。Specifically, in step (2), the mixing time after the aluminum adjuvant adsorbs the TLR7/8 agonist can be 0.5h to 10h (0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10h), which can be an integer or a decimal, preferably between 0.5 and 3h, and more preferably 1 to 2h.
本发明的药物组合物是可注射组合物,本发明所述的药物组合物除活性化合物外,可以含有一种或多种辅料,所述辅料为药学领域常规的药物辅料,可以选择以下成分(包括但不限于):pH调节剂、膨松剂、冻干保护剂、缓冲剂、张力调节剂、等张剂、抗氧化剂、抗微生物剂、抗细菌剂、抗真菌剂、增溶剂、表面活性剂及润湿剂等。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is an injectable composition. In addition to the active compound, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may contain one or more excipients. The excipients are conventional pharmaceutical excipients in the pharmaceutical field, and the following ingredients (including but not limited to) can be selected: pH regulators, bulking agents, lyophilization protectants, buffers, tension regulators, isotonic agents, antioxidants, antimicrobial agents, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, solubilizers, surfactants and wetting agents, etc.
一般而言,冻干产品中包括膨松剂以对冻干粉末提供体积及结构,其有助于活性剂的溶解。冻干保护剂有助于使活性剂在冷冻干燥及储存期间稳定且防止其降解。可包含本发明的药物组合物中的膨松剂及冻干保护剂包括(但不限于)蔗糖、乳糖、海藻糖、甘露醇、山梨醇、棉子糖、甘氨酸、组氨酸、聚乙二醇及低分子量聚乙烯吡咯烷酮(即,聚维酮K12及聚维酮K17)。In general, a bulking agent is included in a freeze-dried product to provide volume and structure to the freeze-dried powder, which helps dissolve the active agent. Lyoprotectants help stabilize the active agent during freeze drying and storage and prevent its degradation. Bulking agents and lyoprotectants that may be included in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, trehalose, mannitol, sorbitol, raffinose, glycine, histidine, polyethylene glycol, and low molecular weight polyvinyl pyrrolidone (i.e., povidone K12 and povidone K17).
药物组合物中包含缓冲剂以调整及稳定pH且使活性剂溶解度及稳定性优化。在本发明的药物组合物中的缓冲剂包括(但不限于)Tris缓冲液、组氨酸缓冲液、柠檬酸缓冲液、琥珀酸缓冲液、硼酸缓冲液,pH在5.5~8.0之间。The pharmaceutical composition includes a buffer to adjust and stabilize the pH and optimize the solubility and stability of the active agent. The buffer in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention includes (but is not limited to) Tris buffer, histidine buffer, citrate buffer, succinate buffer, borate buffer, and the pH is between 5.5 and 8.0.
药物组合物中包含张力调节剂及等张剂以维持、确保配制品与人类血浆是等张的。可包含于本发明的药物组合物中的张力调节剂及等张剂包括(但不限于)右旋糖、丙三醇、氯化钠、甘油及甘露醇。Tonicity adjusters and isotonic agents are included in the pharmaceutical composition to maintain and ensure that the formulation is isotonic with human plasma. Tonicity adjusters and isotonic agents that may be included in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to, dextrose, glycerol, sodium chloride, glycerol, and mannitol.
抗氧化剂用于防止/最小化活性剂或赋形剂在储存期间的任何氧化,而抑菌剂用于防止微生物生长。可包含于本发明的药物组合物中的抗氧化剂包括(但不限于)抗坏血酸、乙酰半胱氨酸、亚硫酸盐(亚硫酸氢盐、偏亚硫酸氢盐)、单硫代甘油(monothioglyercol)丁基羟基甲苯(BHT)、丁基羟基茴香醚(BHA)及硫脲。可包含于本发明的药物组合物中的抑菌剂包括(但不限于)苯酚、间甲酚、苄醇、对羟基苯甲酸酯(例如甲基、丙基、丁基对羟基苯甲酸酯)、氯化苯甲烃铵、氯丁醇、硫柳汞及苯汞基盐乙酸盐、硼酸盐、硝酸盐)。Antioxidants are used to prevent/minimize any oxidation of the active agent or excipient during storage, while bacteriostatic agents are used to prevent microbial growth. Antioxidants that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid, acetylcysteine, sulfites (bisulfites, metabisulfites), monothioglycerol (monothioglyercol), butylhydroxytoluene (BHT), butylhydroxyanisole (BHA), and thiourea. Bacteriostatic agents that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, phenol, metacresol, benzyl alcohol, parabens (e.g., methyl, propyl, butyl parabens), benzalkonium chloride, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, and phenylmercuric salts (acetates, borates, nitrates).
增溶剂(其可广义地分为表面活性剂及共溶剂)有助于将活性剂溶解至配制品中或增加其溶解度。可包含于本发明的药物组合物中的表面活性剂包括(但不限于)聚氧乙烯脱水山梨糖醇单油酸酯(叶温80)、脱水山梨糖醇单油酸酯聚氧乙烯脱水山梨糖醇单月桂酸酯(吐温20)、卵磷脂、聚氧乙烯-聚氧丙烯共聚物(普朗尼克(Pluronic))。表面活性剂还可充当润湿剂,并且可包含于本发明的药物组合物中的表面活性剂/润湿剂包括(但不限于)卵磷脂、聚山梨醇酯20、聚山梨醇酯80、普朗尼克F-68及脱水山梨糖醇三油酸酯(司盘(span)85)。 Solubilizers, which can be broadly divided into surfactants and cosolvents, help dissolve the active agent into the formulation or increase its solubility. Surfactants that can be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (Yewon 80), sorbitan monooleate polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (Tween 20), lecithin, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymer (Pluronic). Surfactants can also act as wetting agents, and surfactants/wetting agents that can be included in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, lecithin, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, Pluronic F-68, and sorbitan trioleate (Span 85).
下面结合具体实施例,进一步阐述本发明。应理解,这些实施例仅用于说明本发明而不用于限制本发明的范围。下列实施例中未注明具体条件的实验方法,通常按照常规条件,或按照制造厂商所建议的条件。除非另外说明,否则百分比和份数按重量计算。The present invention will be further described below in conjunction with specific examples. It should be understood that these examples are only used to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. The experimental methods in the following examples without specifying specific conditions are usually based on conventional conditions or the conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Unless otherwise stated, percentages and parts are calculated by weight.
以下实施例中,化合物的结构是通过核磁共振(NMR)或/和质谱(MS)来确定的。NMR位移(δ)以10-6(ppm)的单位给出。NMR的测定是用Bruker AVANCE-400核磁仪,测定溶剂为氘代二甲基亚砜(DMSO-d6)、氘代氯仿(CDCl3)、氘代甲醇(CD3OD),内标为四甲基硅烷(TMS)。In the following examples, the structures of the compounds were determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and/or mass spectrometry (MS). NMR shift (δ) is given in units of 10 -6 (ppm). NMR measurements were performed using a Bruker AVANCE-400 NMR spectrometer, with deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 ), deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ), deuterated methanol (CD 3 OD) as the measuring solvent, and tetramethylsilane (TMS) as the internal standard.
SHIMADZU LC系统(色谱柱:CSHTM Prep-C18,19*150mm,液体处理机LH-40,泵LC-20AP,检测器SPD-20A,系统控制器CBM-20A,溶剂系统:乙腈和0.05%三氟乙酸水溶液)。SHIMADZU LC system (chromatographic column: CSH ™ Prep-C18, 19*150 mm, liquid handler LH-40, pump LC-20AP, detector SPD-20A, system controller CBM-20A, solvent system: acetonitrile and 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution).
使用LC/MS(Agilent Technologies 1200Series)获得化合物的LC/MS光谱。LC/MS条件如下(运行时间为10分钟):LC/MS spectra of the compounds were obtained using LC/MS (Agilent Technologies 1200 Series). The LC/MS conditions were as follows (run time was 10 min):
酸性条件:A:0.05%三氟乙酸的水溶液;B:0.05%三氟乙酸的乙腈溶液;Acidic conditions: A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in water; B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile;
碱性条件:A:0.05%NH3·H2O的水溶液;B:乙腈Basic conditions: A: 0.05% NH 3 ·H 2 O aqueous solution; B: acetonitrile
中性条件:A:10mM NH4OAC的水溶液;B:乙腈Neutral conditions: A: 10 mM NH 4 OAC in water; B: acetonitrile
如无特别说明,以下实施例中,中间体和最终化合物使用硅胶柱色谱法纯化、或使用Xselect○R CSHTM Prep-C18(5μm,OBDTM 19*150mm)色谱柱或使用XBridgeTM Prep Phenyl(5μm,OBDTM 30*100mm)在反相色谱柱上通过制备性HPLC纯化。Unless otherwise specified, in the following examples, intermediates and final compounds were purified by silica gel column chromatography, or by preparative HPLC on a reverse phase column using XselectOR CSH ™ Prep-C18 (5 μm, OBD ™ 19*150 mm) or XBridge™ Prep Phenyl (5 μm, OBD ™ 30*100 mm).
硅胶柱色谱法一般使用烟台黄海硅胶200~300目硅胶为载体。Silica gel column chromatography generally uses Yantai Huanghai Silica Gel 200-300 mesh silica gel as the carrier.
CombiFlash快速制备仪器使用Combiflash Rf200(TELEDYNE ISCO)。The CombiFlash rapid preparation instrument uses Combiflash Rf200 (TELEDYNE ISCO).
薄层色谱法(TLC)硅胶板使用烟台黄海HSGF254或青岛GF254硅胶板,薄层层析检测产品使用的硅胶板采用的规格是0.15mm~0.2mm,薄层层析分离纯化产品采用的规格是0.4mm~0.5mm。Thin layer chromatography (TLC) silica gel plates use Yantai Huanghai HSGF254 or Qingdao GF254 silica gel plates. The specifications of silica gel plates used in thin layer chromatography detection products are 0.15mm~0.2mm, and the specifications used in thin layer chromatography separation and purification products are 0.4mm~0.5mm.
本发明的已知的起始原料可以采用或按照本领域已知的方法来合成,或可购买自ABCR GmbH&Co.KG、Acros Organics、Aldrich Chemical Company、韶远化学科技(Accela ChemBio Inc)、达瑞化学品等公司。The known starting materials of the present invention can be synthesized by methods known in the art, or can be purchased from companies such as ABCR GmbH & Co. KG, Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Accela ChemBio Inc, and Darui Chemicals.
缩略词:MeOH:甲醇;DIEA:N,N-二异丙基乙胺;DMAP:4-二甲氨基吡啶;DCM:二氯甲烷;Dioxane:1,4-二氧六环;EA:乙酸乙酯;Conc.HCl:浓盐酸;DMF:二甲基甲酰胺;AcOH:乙酸;DMA:二甲基乙酰胺;Xantphos:4,5-双(二苯基膦)-9,9-二甲基氧杂蒽;DCE:1,2-二氯乙烷;BH3:硼烷;Boc2O:碳酸叔丁氧基羰基叔丁酯;t-BuLi:叔丁基锂;DMF-DMA:1,1-二甲氧基-N,N-二甲基-甲胺;PPA:多聚磷酸;NaHMDS:双(三甲基硅基)氨基钠;POCl3:三氯氧磷;Pd/C:钯碳;CAN:乙腈;EtOH:乙醇;t-butyl nitrite:亚硝酸叔丁酯;Pyrrolidine:吡咯烷;Toluene:甲苯;TsOH:对甲苯磺酸;Acrylamide:丙-2-烯酰胺;THF:四氢呋喃;LDA:二异丙基氨基锂;LAH:铝锂氢;Pd2(dba)3:三(二亚苄基丙酮)二钯;PMB:对甲氧基苄基;Xphos:2-二环己基磷-2,4,6-三异丙基联苯;H2:氢气;Pd(dppf)Cl2:[1,1'-双(二苯基膦基)二茂铁]二氯化钯;t-BuOK:叔丁醇钾;K2CO3:碳酸钾;HCOONH4:甲酸铵;LiHMDS:双(三甲基硅基)氨基锂;Urea:尿素;n-BuLi:正丁基锂;MsCl:甲磺酰氯;Dppf:双二苯基膦二茂铁;Et3N:三乙胺;AcCl:乙酰氯;NaH:氢化钠;TFA:三 氟乙酸;SOCl2:氯化亚砜;NBS:N-溴代丁二酰亚胺;NCS:N-氯代丁二酰亚胺;1,4-Dioxane:1,4-二氧六环;K3PO4:磷酸钾;RuPhos Pd G2:氯(2-二环己基膦基-2,6-二-异丙氧基-1,1-联苯基)(2-氨基-1,1-联苯-2-基)钯(II);MTBE:甲基叔丁基醚。Abbreviations: MeOH: methanol; DIEA: N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine; DCM: dichloromethane; Dioxane: 1,4-dioxane; EA: ethyl acetate; Conc.HCl: concentrated hydrochloric acid; DMF: dimethylformamide; AcOH: acetic acid; DMA: dimethylacetamide; Xantphos: 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene; DCE: 1,2-dichloroethane; BH 3 : borane; Boc 2 O: tert-butyl carbonate; t-BuLi: tert-butyl lithium; DMF-DMA: 1,1-dimethoxy-N,N-dimethyl-methylamine; PPA: polyphosphoric acid; NaHMDS: sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide; POCl 3 : phosphorus oxychloride; Pd/C: palladium on carbon; CAN: acetonitrile; EtOH: ethanol; t-butyl nitrite: tert-butyl nitrite; pyrrolidine: pyrrolidine; toluene: toluene; TsOH: p-toluenesulfonic acid; acrylamide: prop-2-enamide; THF: tetrahydrofuran; LDA: lithium diisopropylamide; LAH: lithium aluminum hydride; Pd 2 (dba) 3 : tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium; PMB: p-methoxybenzyl; Xphos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl; H 2 : hydrogen; Pd(dppf)Cl 2 : [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium; t-BuOK: potassium tert-butoxide; K 2 CO 3 : potassium carbonate; HCOONH 4 : ammonium formate; LiHMDS: lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide; Urea: urea; n-BuLi: n-butyllithium; MsCl: methanesulfonyl chloride; Dppf: bis(diphenylphosphinoferrocene); Et 3 N: triethylamine; AcCl: acetyl chloride; NaH: sodium hydride; TFA: tris(III) Fluoroacetic acid; SOCl 2 : thionyl chloride; NBS: N-bromosuccinimide; NCS: N-chlorosuccinimide; 1,4-Dioxane: 1,4-dioxane; K 3 PO 4 : potassium phosphate; RuPhos Pd G2: chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2,6-di-isopropoxy-1,1-biphenyl)(2-amino-1,1-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(II); MTBE: methyl tert-butyl ether.
制备例化合物A1的制备
Preparation Example Preparation of Compound A1
步骤1:化合物A1-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound A1-1
将4A的分子筛(30克)和TMSOTf(18.8克,84.8毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物Int.1(30克,77.1毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(300毫升)溶液中;加完后,将反应混合物在55℃搅拌反应3小时。然后用三乙胺中和反应混合溶液,并将反应混合液倒入到500毫升水中,并用二氯甲烷稀释萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到黄色油状物化合物A1-1(22.8克)。MS:330.2(M+H)+。4A molecular sieve (30 g) and TMSOTf (18.8 g, 84.8 mmol) were slowly added to a dichloromethane (300 ml) solution of compound Int.1 (30 g, 77.1 mmol); after the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 55°C for 3 hours. Then the reaction mixture was neutralized with triethylamine, poured into 500 ml of water, and diluted and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a yellow oil compound A1-1 (22.8 g). MS: 330.2 (M+H) + .
步骤2:化合物A1-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound A1-2
在氮气保护下,将4A的分子筛(10克)和化合物Int.02(3.7克,15.2毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物A1-1(11克,30.4毫摩尔)的二氯乙烷(100毫升)溶液中,加完后,将反应混合物在25℃搅拌反应30分钟;然后在0度搅拌条件下,将TMSOTf(3.7克,15.2毫摩尔)缓慢加入到上述反应混合液中,并将反应混合物在25℃搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合溶液过滤,滤饼用二氯甲烷洗涤,滤液用碳酸氢钠溶液中和并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状物化合物A1-2(7克,48.8%)。MS:430.2(M+H)+。Under nitrogen protection, 4A molecular sieve (10 g) and compound Int.02 (3.7 g, 15.2 mmol) were slowly added to a dichloroethane (100 ml) solution of compound A1-1 (11 g, 30.4 mmol). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 30 minutes; then TMSOTf (3.7 g, 15.2 mmol) was slowly added to the above reaction mixture under stirring at 0 degrees, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filter cake was washed with dichloromethane, the filtrate was neutralized with sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound A1-2 (7 g, 48.8%). MS: 430.2 (M+H) + .
步骤3:化合物A1-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of Compound A1-3
在氮气保护条件下,将NaIO4(13.0克,60.6毫摩尔)和化合物A1-3(6.5克,15.2毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(30毫升),乙腈(30毫升)和水(45毫升)的混合溶液在0℃搅拌反应30分钟;然后在0度搅拌条件下,将RuCl3 3H2O(95毫克,0.45毫摩尔)缓慢加入到上述反应混合液中,并将反应混合物在25℃搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合液加入100毫升水稀释并加入碳酸氢钠调节pH值到7.5,并用二氯甲烷萃取,水相用柠檬酸调节pH值到3并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到白色泡沫固体化合物A1-3(3.2克,45%)。MS:448.2(M+H)+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ11.98(s,1H),7.81(d,J=9.2Hz,1H),5.21(d,J=3.2Hz,1H),4.96(dd,J=11.2,3.4Hz,1H),4.49(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.02(s,3H),3.87(d,J=10.0Hz,1H),3.78–3.37(m,2H),2.20(t,J=6.8Hz,2H),2.10(s,3H),2.00(s,3H),1.89(s,3H),1.77(s,3H),1.49(d,J=2.8Hz,4H)。Under nitrogen protection, a mixed solution of NaIO 4 (13.0 g, 60.6 mmol) and compound A1-3 (6.5 g, 15.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 ml), acetonitrile (30 ml) and water (45 ml) was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes; then, RuCl 3 3H 2 O (95 mg, 0.45 mmol) was slowly added to the above reaction mixture under stirring at 0 degrees, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 100 ml of water and sodium bicarbonate was added to adjust the pH value to 7.5, and extracted with dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 3 with citric acid and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a white foam solid compound A1-3 (3.2 g, 45%). MS: 448.2 (M+H) + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ11.98(s,1H),7.81(d,J=9.2Hz,1H),5.21(d,J=3.2Hz,1H),4.96(dd,J=11.2,3.4Hz,1H),4.49(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.02(s,3H),3.87( d,J=10.0Hz,1H),3.78–3.37(m,2H),2.20(t,J=6.8Hz,2H),2.10(s,3H),2.00(s,3H),1.89(s,3H),1.77(s,3H),1.49(d,J=2.8Hz,4H).
步骤4:化合物A1的制备Step 4: Preparation of Compound A1
在0度氮气保护条件下,将化合物Int.3(10.3克,36.8毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物A1-3(11.0克,24.6毫摩尔)和DIEA(6.4克,49.2毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(100毫升)溶液中,然 后将反应混合物在25℃搅拌反应3小时。将反应混合液浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状物化合物A1(11.2克,74.2%)。MS:614.2(M+H)+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ7.83(d,J=9.2Hz,1H),5.22(d,J=3.2Hz,1H),4.96(dd,J=11.2,3.4Hz,1H),4.51(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.03(s,3H),3.90(dd,J=20.0,9.0Hz,1H),3.62(dtd,J=15.8,10.2,6.0Hz,2H),2.79(t,J=7.4Hz,2H),2.11(s,3H),2.00(s,3H),1.89(s,3H),1.76(s,3H),1.73–1.64(m,2H),1.63–1.54(m,2H)。Under nitrogen protection at 0°C, compound Int.3 (10.3 g, 36.8 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of compound A1-3 (11.0 g, 24.6 mmol) and DIEA (6.4 g, 49.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml), and then The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oily compound A1 (11.2 g, 74.2%). MS: 614.2 (M+H) + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ7.83(d,J=9.2Hz,1H),5.22(d,J=3.2Hz,1H),4.96(dd,J=11.2,3.4Hz,1H),4.51(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.03(s,3H),3.90(dd,J=20.0,9.0Hz,1H),3.6 2(dtd,J=15.8,10.2,6.0Hz,2H),2.79(t,J=7.4Hz,2H),2.11(s,3H),2.0 0(s,3H),1.89(s,3H),1.76(s,3H),1.73–1.64(m,2H),1.63–1.54(m,2H).
制备例化合物A2的制备
Preparation Example Preparation of Compound A2
步骤1:化合物A2-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound A2-1
化合物A2-1的合成参考化合物A1,通过使用化合物Int.2代替化合物A1-3制备得到化合物A2-1。MS:509.1(M+Na)+。Synthesis of Compound A2-1 Referring to Compound A1, Compound A2-1 was prepared by using Compound Int.2 instead of Compound A1-3. MS: 509.1 (M+Na) + .
步骤2:化合物A2-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound A2-2
在氮气保护条件下,将化合物A3(400毫克,0.223毫摩尔),化合物A2-1(163毫克, 0.334毫摩尔)和DIEA(144毫克,1.115毫摩尔)的乙腈(20毫升)反应混合液在20度搅拌反应40小时;然后将反应混合液浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到白色固体化合物A2-2(270毫克,57.8%)。MS:1049.3(1/2M+H)+。Under nitrogen protection, compound A3 (400 mg, 0.223 mmol), compound A2-1 (163 mg, The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 degrees for 40 hours; the reaction mixture was then concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a white solid compound A2-2 (270 mg, 57.8%). MS: 1049.3 (1/2M+H) + .
步骤3:化合物A2-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound A2-3
将化合物A2-2(270毫克,0.129毫摩尔)溶于四氢呋喃(10毫升)中,在搅拌条件下向反应混合物中加入钯碳(14毫克),然后反应混合物在室温氢气压力条件下搅拌反应16小时;将反应混合溶液过滤,浓缩,得到化合物A2-3(210毫克,81%)。MS:1003.6(1/2M+H)+。Compound A2-2 (270 mg, 0.129 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml), palladium carbon (14 mg) was added to the reaction mixture under stirring, and then the reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen pressure at room temperature for 16 hours; the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to obtain compound A2-3 (210 mg, 81%). MS: 1003.6 (1/2M+H) + .
步骤4:化合物A2的制备Step 4: Preparation of Compound A2
在氮气保护0度搅拌条件下,将化合物Int.3(56.8毫克,0.209毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物A2-3(210毫克,0.105毫摩尔)和DIEA(67.6毫克,0.523毫摩尔)的乙腈(10毫升)溶液中,然后将反应混合物在20℃搅拌反应15分钟。然后将反应混合液用二氯甲烷稀释,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到化合物A2(220毫克,97%)。MS:1087.2(1/2M+H)+。Under nitrogen protection and stirring at 0°C, compound Int.3 (56.8 mg, 0.209 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of compound A2-3 (210 mg, 0.105 mmol) and DIEA (67.6 mg, 0.523 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give compound A2 (220 mg, 97%). MS: 1087.2 (1/2M+H) + .
制备例化合物A3的制备
Preparation Example Preparation of Compound A3
步骤1:化合物A3-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound A3-1
将丙烯酸叔丁酯(1060克,8260毫摩尔)和NaOH(5M,19.8毫升)依次缓慢加入到化合物Int.6(100克,825.5毫摩尔)的DMSO(100毫升)反应溶液中,加完后,将反应混合物在20℃继续搅拌反应28小时;然后将反应混合液用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到浅黄色油状物化合物A3-1(74克,17.7%)。MS:506.4(M+H)+。Tert-butyl acrylate (1060 g, 8260 mmol) and NaOH (5M, 19.8 ml) were added slowly to the DMSO (100 ml) reaction solution of compound Int.6 (100 g, 825.5 mmol) in sequence. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 28 hours. The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified to obtain a light yellow oil compound A3-1 (74 g, 17.7%). MS: 506.4 (M+H) + .
步骤2:化合物A3-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound A3-2
在0度搅拌条件下,将CbzCl(22.7克,133.6毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物A3-1(15克,29.7毫摩尔)和TEA(9.0克,89.1毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(100毫升)反应溶液中,加完后,将反应混合物在20℃继续搅拌反应12小时;然后将反应混合液用二氯甲烷稀释,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状物化合物A3-2(18.8克)。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ7.36–7.30(m,6H),4.97(s,2H),3.54(t,J=6.4Hz,6H),3.51(s,6H),2.38(t,J=6.0Hz,6H),1.39(s,27H)。Under stirring conditions at 0 degrees, CbzCl (22.7 g, 133.6 mmol) was slowly added to a dichloromethane (100 ml) reaction solution of compound A3-1 (15 g, 29.7 mmol) and TEA (9.0 g, 89.1 mmol). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for 12 hours; then the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound A3-2 (18.8 g). 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ7.36–7.30 (m, 6H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 3.54 (t, J = 6.4Hz, 6H), 3.51 (s, 6H), 2.38 (t, J = 6.0Hz, 6H), 1.39 (s, 27H).
步骤3:化合物A3-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound A3-3
将化合物A3-2(18.8克)的甲酸(200毫升)反应混合液在20℃搅拌反应12小时;然后将反应混合液浓缩得到黄色油状物化合物A3-3(16.5克)。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO)δ12.12(s,3H),7.40–7.32(m,5H),5.17(s,1H),4.99(s,2H),3.57(t,J=6.4Hz,6H),3.50(s,6H),2.42(t,J=6.4Hz,6H)。The reaction mixture of compound A3-2 (18.8 g) and formic acid (200 ml) was stirred at 20°C for 12 hours; then the reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a yellow oil compound A3-3 (16.5 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ12.12 (s, 3H), 7.40–7.32 (m, 5H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 3.57 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 6H), 3.50 (s, 6H), 2.42 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 6H).
步骤4:化合物A3-4的制备Step 4: Preparation of Compound A3-4
在氮气保护,室温搅拌条件下,将HOBt(13.2克,97.6毫摩尔)和EDCI(18.7克,97.6毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物A3-3(11.5克,24.4毫摩尔),N-叔丁氧羰基-1,3-丙二胺(17.0克,97.6毫摩尔)和DIEA(25克,193.6毫摩尔)的DMF(120毫升)溶液中,加完后,将反应混合物在室温搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合溶液用乙酸乙酯稀释并用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状物化合物A3-4(16克)。1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ7.37–7.28(m,5H),6.83(s,3H),5.55(s,1H),5.16(t,J=6.4Hz,3H),5.03(s,2H),3.68(t,J=6.0Hz,6H),3.65(s,6H),3.27–3.24(m,6H),3.14–3.10(m,6H),2.40(t,J=5.6Hz,6H),1.70–1.47(m,6H),1.43(s,27H)。Under nitrogen protection and stirring at room temperature, HOBt (13.2 g, 97.6 mmol) and EDCI (18.7 g, 97.6 mmol) were slowly added to a DMF (120 ml) solution of compound A3-3 (11.5 g, 24.4 mmol), N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-1,3-propylenediamine (17.0 g, 97.6 mmol) and DIEA (25 g, 193.6 mmol). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound A3-4 (16 g). 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ7.37–7.28(m,5H),6.83(s,3H),5.55(s,1H),5.16(t,J=6.4Hz,3H),5.03(s,2H),3.68(t,J=6.0Hz,6H), 3.65(s,6H),3.27–3.24(m,6H),3.14–3.10(m,6H),2.40(t,J=5.6Hz,6H),1.70–1.47(m,6H),1.43(s,27H).
步骤5:化合物A3-5的制备Step 5: Preparation of Compound A3-5
将化合物A3-4(16克)的二氯甲烷(100毫升)和三氟乙酸(20毫升)反应混合液在20℃搅拌反应12小时;然后将反应混合液浓缩得到黄色油状物化合物A3-5(20克),化合物未经纯化直接用于下一步反应。A reaction mixture of compound A3-4 (16 g) in dichloromethane (100 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml) was stirred at 20°C for 12 hours; the reaction mixture was then concentrated to obtain a yellow oil compound A3-5 (20 g), which was used directly in the next step without purification.
步骤6:化合物A3-6的制备Step 6: Preparation of Compound A3-6
在0度搅拌氮气保护条件下,将化合物A1(5克)的二氯甲烷(20毫升)缓慢加入到化合物A3-5(5克)和DIEA(2.8克)的乙腈(20毫升)反应混合液中,加完后,将反应混合物在室温继续搅拌反应12小时;然后将反应混合液用二氯甲烷稀释,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到白色固体化合物A3-6(3.85克)。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ7.82-7.79(m,6H),7.71(t,J=5.6Hz,3H),7.37-7.27(m,5H),6.51(s,1H),5.21(d,J=7.6Hz,3H),4.98-4.95(m,5H),4.48(d,J=7.6Hz,3H),4.04-4.00(m,9H),3.90-3.83(m,3H),3.72-3.67(m,3H),3.56-3.48(m,12H),3.43-3.37(m,3H),3.05-2.99(m,12H),2.27(t,J=6.4Hz,6H),2.10(s,9H),2.04(t,J=7.6Hz,6H),1.99(s,9H),1.89(s,9H),1.77(s,9H),1.51–1.45(m,18H)。Under stirring and nitrogen protection at 0 degrees, compound A1 (5 g) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was slowly added to the reaction mixture of compound A3-5 (5 g) and DIEA (2.8 g) in acetonitrile (20 ml). After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours; then the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain white solid compound A3-6 (3.85 g). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ7.82-7.79(m,6H),7.71(t,J=5.6Hz,3H),7.37-7.27(m,5H),6.51(s,1H),5.21(d,J=7.6Hz ,3H),4.98-4.95(m,5H),4.48(d,J=7.6Hz,3H),4.04-4.00(m,9H),3.90-3.83(m,3H),3.72-3. 67(m,3H),3.56-3.48(m,12H),3.43-3.37(m,3H),3.05-2.99(m,12H),2.27(t,J=6.4Hz,6H),2 .10(s,9H),2.04(t,J=7.6Hz,6H),1.99(s,9H),1.89(s,9H),1.77(s,9H),1.51–1.45(m,18H).
步骤7:化合物A3的制备 Step 7: Preparation of Compound A3
将化合物A3-6(4.5克)溶于甲醇(25毫升)中,在搅拌条件下向反应混合物中加入钯碳(1克),然后反应混合物在室温氢气压力条件下搅拌反应1.5小时;将反应混合溶液过滤,浓缩,得到白色固体化合物A3(4.2克)。Compound A3-6 (4.5 g) was dissolved in methanol (25 ml), palladium carbon (1 g) was added to the reaction mixture under stirring, and then the reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen pressure at room temperature for 1.5 hours; the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to obtain white solid compound A3 (4.2 g).
中间体Int.AIntermediate Int.A
2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶-5(6H)-酮
2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)pyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one
步骤1:4-(丁胺基)-2-氯-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯的制备(Int.A-1)Step 1: Preparation of methyl 4-(butylamino)-2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A-1)
将2,4-二氯-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(10克,45.2毫摩尔)和正丁胺(3.6克,49.8毫摩尔)溶于DCM(100毫升)中,在0度搅拌下加入DIEA(8.8克,67.9毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在0度继续搅拌反应3小时。将反应混合物倒入10%碳酸氢钾冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到无色油状物4-(丁胺基)-2-氯-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(11.0克,95%)。MS:258.1[M+H]+ 2,4-Dichloro-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (10 g, 45.2 mmol) and n-butylamine (3.6 g, 49.8 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (100 ml), and DIEA (8.8 g, 67.9 mmol) was added under stirring at 0 degrees. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 0 degrees. The reaction mixture was poured into 10% potassium bicarbonate ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give a colorless oily substance 4-(butylamino)-2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (11.0 g, 95%). MS: 258.1 [M + H] +
步骤2:2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯的制备(Int.A-2)Step 2: Preparation of methyl 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A-2)
将4-(丁胺基)-2-氯-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(11.0克,42.8毫摩尔)和双(4-甲氧基苄基)胺(13.2克,51.4毫摩尔)溶于乙腈(100毫升)中,在0℃搅拌下加入K2CO3(8.9克,64.2毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在70度继续搅拌反应13小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(18.4克,90%)。MS:479.3[M+H]+ Dissolve 4-(Butylamino)-2-chloro-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (11.0 g, 42.8 mmol) and bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (13.2 g, 51.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 ml), add K 2 CO 3 (8.9 g, 64.2 mmol) under stirring at 0°C. Continue stirring the reaction mixture at 70 degrees for 13 hours. Pour the reaction mixture into ice water and extract with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which is purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain yellow solid 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (18.4 g, 90%). MS: 479.3[M+H] +
步骤3:2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶-5(6H)-酮的制备(Int.A)Step 3: Preparation of 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)pyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one (Int.A)
将2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(23克,48.1毫摩尔)和1,3,5-三嗪(4.68克,57.7毫摩尔)溶于DMSO(150毫升)中,在度搅拌下加入叔丁醇钾(8.09克,72.1毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在80度继续搅拌反应2小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶-5(6H)-酮(17.0克,74.7%)。MS:474.2[M+H]+ 2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (23 g, 48.1 mmol) and 1,3,5-triazine (4.68 g, 57.7 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (150 ml), and potassium tert-butoxide (8.09 g, 72.1 mmol) was added under stirring at 80 degrees. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 80 degrees. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow solid 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)pyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one (17.0 g, 74.7%). MS: 474.2[M+H] +
中间体Int.BIntermediate Int.B
(R)-戊烷-2-胺盐酸盐
(R)-Pentan-2-amine hydrochloride
步骤1:(R,E)-2-甲基-N-(2-亚戊基)丙烷-2-亚砜酰胺的制备(中间体Int.B-1)Step 1: Preparation of (R,E)-2-methyl-N-(2-pentylidene)propane-2-sulfoxide amide (Intermediate Int.B-1)
将戊烷-2-酮(10克,116毫摩尔)溶于EtOAc(200毫升)中,在10度搅拌条件下向反应混合物中依次加入(R)-2-甲基丙烷-2-亚砜酰胺(14克,116毫摩尔)和钛酸四异丙酯(66克,233毫摩尔),并将反应混合物在10度继续搅拌反应15小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相分别用水和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到无色油状物中间体Int.B-1(7.0克,32%)。MS:190.2[M+H]+ Pentan-2-one (10 g, 116 mmol) was dissolved in EtOAc (200 ml), and (R)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfoxide amide (14 g, 116 mmol) and tetraisopropyl titanate (66 g, 233 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture under stirring at 10 degrees, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 10 degrees for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a colorless oil intermediate Int.B-1 (7.0 g, 32%). MS: 190.2 [M + H] +
步骤2:(R)-2-甲基-N-((R)-戊烷-2-基)丙烷-2-亚砜酰胺的制备(中间体Int.B-2)Step 2: Preparation of (R)-2-methyl-N-((R)-pentan-2-yl)propane-2-sulfoxide amide (Intermediate Int. B-2)
将中间体Int.B-1(7.0克,37毫摩尔)溶于THF(100毫升)中,在-70度搅拌条件下向反应混合物中加入硼氢化钠(2.1克,55.6毫摩尔),并将反应混合物在20度继续搅拌反应2小时。向反应混合物倒入冰水淬灭反应,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相分别用水和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到无色油状物中间体Int.B-2(3.5克,49%)。MS:192.2[M+H]+ The intermediate Int.B-1 (7.0 g, 37 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 ml), sodium borohydride (2.1 g, 55.6 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture under stirring at -70 degrees, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 degrees for 2 hours. Ice water was poured into the reaction mixture to quench the reaction, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a colorless oil intermediate Int.B-2 (3.5 g, 49%). MS: 192.2 [M + H] +
步骤3:(R)-戊烷-2-胺盐酸盐的制备(中间体Int.B)Step 3: Preparation of (R)-pentane-2-amine hydrochloride (Intermediate Int. B)
将中间体Int.B-2(3.5克,18.3毫摩尔)的4N 1,4-二氧六环盐酸溶液(20毫升)中在20度搅拌反应12小时。将反应混合物浓缩蒸干得到粗产物,粗产物经乙醚洗涤得到白色固体中间体Int.B(2.0克,90%)。The intermediate Int.B-2 (3.5 g, 18.3 mmol) was stirred in a 4N 1,4-dioxane hydrochloric acid solution (20 ml) at 20 degrees for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and evaporated to dryness to obtain a crude product, which was washed with ether to obtain a white solid intermediate Int.B (2.0 g, 90%).
中间体Int.CIntermediate Int.C
(R)-2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(戊烷-2-基氨基)吡啶基[4,3-d]嘧啶-5(6H)-酮
(R)-2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyridinyl[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one
中间体Int.C的合成参考中间体Int.A,通过使用Int.B代替正丁胺制备得到中间体Int.C。MS:502.2[M+H]+ Synthesis of Intermediate Int.C Referring to Intermediate Int.A, Intermediate Int.C was prepared by using Int.B instead of n-butylamine. MS: 502.2[M+H] +
中间体Int.D Intermediate Int.D
(S)-2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(1-羟基戊烷-2-基)氨基)吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶-5(6H)-酮
(S)-2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(1-hydroxypentan-2-yl)amino)pyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one
中间体Int.D的合成参考中间体Int.A,通过使用(S)-2-氨基戊烷-1-醇代替正丁胺制备得到中间体Int.D。MS:504.2[M+H]+ Synthesis of Intermediate Int.D Referring to Intermediate Int.A, Intermediate Int.D was prepared by using (S)-2-aminopentane-1-ol instead of n-butylamine. MS: 504.2 [M+H] +
中间体Int.G1
Intermediate Int.G1
中间体Int.G1-2的合成参考中间体Int.D,通过使用4-甲氧基苄胺代替双(4-甲氧基苄基)胺制备得到中间体Int.G1-2。MS:384.3[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate Int.G1-2 Referring to Intermediate Int.D, Intermediate Int.G1-2 was prepared by using 4-methoxybenzylamine instead of bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine. MS: 384.3 [M+H] + .
中间体Int.G1的合成参考中间体I-1-1,通过使用4-(氯甲基)-3-甲氧基苯甲醛代替4-(溴甲基)苯甲酸甲酯和中间体Int.G1-2代替中间体Int.A制备得到中间体Int.G1。MS:532.3[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate Int.G1 Referring to Intermediate I-1-1, Intermediate Int.G1 was prepared by using 4-(chloromethyl)-3-methoxybenzaldehyde instead of methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate and Intermediate Int.G1-2 instead of Intermediate Int.A. MS: 532.3 [M+H] + .
中间体Int.G2
Intermediate Int.G2
中间体Int.G2的合成参考中间体Int.G1,通过使用中间体Int.C-1代替中间体Int.D-1制备得到中间体Int.G2。MS:516.3[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate Int.G2 Referring to Intermediate Int.G1, Intermediate Int.C-1 was used instead of Intermediate Int.D-1 to prepare Intermediate Int.G2. MS: 516.3 [M+H] + .
中间体Int.A4Intermediate Int.A4
2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶[4,5-d]哒嗪-5(6H)-酮
2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidin[4,5-d]pyridazin-5(6H)-one
步骤1:2-氯-4-甲基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯的制备(Int.A4-1)Step 1: Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-4-methyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A4-1)
将2,4-二氯-6-甲基嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(500毫克,2.262毫摩尔)和戊烷-2-胺(237毫克,2.71毫摩尔)溶于DCM(10毫升)中,在0℃搅拌下加入DIEA(351毫克,2.71毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在0度继续搅拌反应2小时。将反应混合物倒入10%碳酸氢钾冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体2-氯-4-甲基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(560毫克,91%)。MS:272.1[M+H]+ Dissolve 2,4-dichloro-6-methylpyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (500 mg, 2.262 mmol) and pentane-2-amine (237 mg, 2.71 mmol) in DCM (10 ml), and add DIEA (351 mg, 2.71 mmol) under stirring at 0°C. Continue stirring the reaction mixture at 0°C for 2 hours. Pour the reaction mixture into 10% potassium bicarbonate ice water and extract with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which is purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow solid 2-chloro-4-methyl-6-(pentane-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (560 mg, 91%). MS: 272.1 [M + H] +
步骤2:2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-甲基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯的制备(Int.A4-2)Step 2: Preparation of methyl 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-methyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A4-2)
将2-氯-4-甲基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(560毫克,2.061毫摩尔)和双(4-甲氧基苄基)胺(636毫克,2.473毫摩尔)溶DMSO(10毫升)中,在0℃搅拌下加入DIEA(400毫克,3.09毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在100度继续搅拌反应2小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-甲基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(800毫克,78.8%)。MS:493.3[M+H]+ 2-Chloro-4-methyl-6-(pentane-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (560 mg, 2.061 mmol) and bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amine (636 mg, 2.473 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (10 ml), and DIEA (400 mg, 3.09 mmol) was added under stirring at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow solid 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-methyl-6-(pentane-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (800 mg, 78.8%). MS: 493.3[M+H] +
步骤3:2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-甲酰基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯的制备(Int.A4-3)Step 3: Preparation of methyl 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-formyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (Int. A4-3)
将2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-甲基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(800毫克,1.624毫摩尔)溶于1,4-Dioxane(5毫升)中,在搅拌下加入二氧化硒(216毫克,1.949毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在100度继续搅拌反应12小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-甲酰基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(360毫克,43.8%)。MS:507.2[M+H]+ Dissolve 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-methyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (800 mg, 1.624 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane (5 ml) and add selenium dioxide (216 mg, 1.949 mmol) under stirring. Continue stirring the reaction mixture at 100 degrees for 12 hours. Pour the reaction mixture into ice water and extract with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product is purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow solid 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-formyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (360 mg, 43.8%). MS: 507.2[M+H] +
步骤4:2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶[4,5-d]哒嗪-5(6H)-酮的制备(Int.A4)Step 4: Preparation of 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidin[4,5-d]pyridazin-5(6H)-one (Int. A4)
将2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-甲酰基-6-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶-5-羧酸甲酯(360毫克,0.711毫摩尔)溶于乙醇(5毫升)中,在0度搅拌下加入水合肼(45.5毫克,1.421毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在85度继续搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合物浓缩,过滤,并用石 油醚/乙酸乙酯洗涤得到白色固体2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(戊烷-2-基氨基)嘧啶[4,5-d]哒嗪-5(6H)-酮(230毫克,66.2%)。MS:489.2[M+H]+ Dissolve 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-formyl-6-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (360 mg, 0.711 mmol) in ethanol (5 ml) and add hydrazine hydrate (45.5 mg, 1.421 mmol) under stirring at 0 degrees. Continue stirring the reaction mixture at 85 degrees for 1 hour. Concentrate the reaction mixture, filter it, and wash it with sodium carbonate. Washing with oily ether/ethyl acetate gave a white solid 2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(pentan-2-ylamino)pyrimidin[4,5-d]pyridazin-5(6H)-one (230 mg, 66.2%). MS: 489.2 [M+H] +
中间体Int.KIntermediate Int.K
(S)-2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(1-羟基戊烷-2-基)氨基)嘧啶[4,5-d]哒嗪-5(6H)-酮
(S)-2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(1-hydroxypentan-2-yl)amino)pyrimidin[4,5-d]pyridazin-5(6H)-one
中间体Int.K的合成参考中间体Int.A4,通过使用(S)-2-氨基戊烷-1-醇代替戊烷-2-胺制备得到中间体Int.K。MS:505.2[M+H]+ Synthesis of Intermediate Int.K Referring to Intermediate Int.A4, Intermediate Int.K was prepared by using (S)-2-aminopentane-1-ol instead of pentane-2-amine. MS: 505.2 [M+H] +
中间体I-1-4
Intermediate I-1-4
步骤1:中间体I-1-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate I-1-1
将2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶-5(6H)-酮(4.0克,8.45毫摩尔),4-(溴甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(3.87克,16.89毫摩尔),K2CO3(2.335克,16.89毫摩尔)溶于DMF(40毫升)中,将反应混合在60度搅拌反应12小时。反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相分别用水和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体4-((2-(双(4-甲氧基苄基)氨基)-4-(丁胺基)-5-氧并吡啶[4,3-d]嘧啶-6(5H)-基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(4.6克,88%)。MS:622.2[M+H]+。2-(Bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)pyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one (4.0 g, 8.45 mmol), methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate (3.87 g, 16.89 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (2.335 g, 16.89 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (40 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 degrees for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain methyl 4-((2-(bis(4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-4-(butylamino)-5-oxopyridin[4,3-d]pyrimidin-6(5H)-yl)methyl)benzoate (4.6 g, 88%) as a yellow solid. MS: 622.2 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体I-1-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate I-1-2
将中间体I-1-1(1.4克,3.54毫摩尔)溶于THF(20毫升)中,在0℃搅拌下加入1.0M LAH(3.5毫升,3.54毫摩尔)四氢呋喃溶液。将反应混合物升在20度继续搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到白色固体中间体I-1-2(1克,77%)。MS:594.2[M+H]+ Intermediate I-1-1 (1.4 g, 3.54 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 ml), and 1.0 M LAH (3.5 ml, 3.54 mmol) tetrahydrofuran solution. The reaction mixture was heated to 20 degrees and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a white solid intermediate I-1-2 (1 g, 77%). MS: 594.2 [M + H] +
步骤3:中间体I-1-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of intermediate I-1-3
将中间体I-1-2(1000毫克,2.72毫摩尔)溶于DCM(10毫升)中,在0℃搅拌下加入氯化亚砜(486毫克,4.08毫摩尔)。然后将反应混合物在20度继续搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合物浓缩得到白色固体中间体I-1-3(1克,95%)。MS:612.2[M+H]+ Intermediate I-1-2 (1000 mg, 2.72 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (10 ml), and thionyl chloride (486 mg, 4.08 mmol) was added under stirring at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 20°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give white solid intermediate I-1-3 (1 g, 95%). MS: 612.2 [M+H] +
步骤4:中间体I-1-4的制备Step 4: Preparation of intermediate I-1-4
将中间体I-1-3(280毫克,0.457毫摩尔)和哌嗪(79毫克,0.915毫摩尔)溶于EtOH(10毫升)中,在20℃搅拌下加入K2CO3(316毫克,2.28毫摩尔);然后将反应混合物在100度继续搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到白色固体中间体I-1-4(150毫克,61.2%)。MS:662.1[M+H]+。Intermediate I-1-3 (280 mg, 0.457 mmol) and piperazine (79 mg, 0.915 mmol) were dissolved in EtOH (10 ml), and K 2 CO 3 (316 mg, 2.28 mmol) was added under stirring at 20°C; then the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 degrees for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain white solid intermediate I-1-4 (150 mg, 61.2%). MS: 662.1 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物II-1
Example Compound II-1
步骤1:中间体II-1-3的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate II-1-3
中间体II-1-3的合成参考中间体I-1-4,通过使用中间体Int.C代替中间体Int.A制备得到中间体II-1-3。MS:807.3[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate II-1-3 Referring to Intermediate I-1-4, Intermediate II-1-3 was prepared by using Intermediate Int.C instead of Intermediate Int.A. MS: 807.3 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体II-1-4的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate II-1-4
将中间体II-1-3(3.2克,4.7毫摩尔)溶于三氟乙酸(20毫升)中,将反应混合液在80度搅拌反应1小时。反应混合物浓缩蒸干,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到黄色固体中间体II-1-4(2.1克,85%)。MS:466.5[M+H]+。The intermediate II-1-3 (3.2 g, 4.7 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 degrees for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and evaporated to dryness, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow solid intermediate II-1-4 (2.1 g, 85%). MS: 466.5 [M + H] + .
步骤3:化合物II-1的制备 Step 3: Preparation of Compound II-1
将中间体II-1-4(1.7克,2.6毫摩尔)和2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇(575毫克,2.7毫摩尔)溶于乙腈(30毫升)中,在20℃搅拌下加入K2CO3(706毫克,5.1毫摩尔);然后将反应混合物在80度继续搅拌反应4小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到白色固体化合物II-1(1.2克,80%)。MS:599.2[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.39(d,J=8.1Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.08–6.63(m,4H),6.12(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.05–4.91(m,2H),4.64–4.55(m,1H),4.24(dt,J=13.9,6.8Hz,1H),3.86(s,3H),3.66(s,2H),3.54(d,J=6.0Hz,6H),3.50(t,J=5.2Hz,4H),3.43(t,J=5.0Hz,4H),3.19(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),3.00(s,4H),1.50(qd,J=8.1,7.3,2.4Hz,2H),1.39–1.29(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Intermediate II-1-4 (1.7 g, 2.6 mmol) and 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol (575 mg, 2.7 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (30 ml), and K 2 CO 3 (706 mg, 5.1 mmol) was added under stirring at 20°C; then the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 degrees for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a white solid compound II-1 (1.2 g, 80%). MS: 599.2 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.39(d,J=8.1Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.08–6.63(m,4H),6.12(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.05– 4.91(m,2H),4.64–4.55(m,1H),4.24(dt,J=13.9,6.8Hz,1H),3.86(s,3H),3.66(s,2H),3.54(d, J=6.0Hz,6H),3.50(t,J=5.2Hz,4H),3.43(t,J=5.0Hz,4H),3.19(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),3.00(s,4H),1 .50(qd,J=8.1,7.3,2.4Hz,2H),1.39–1.29(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物II-2
Example Compound II-2
化合物II-2的合成参考化合物II-1,通过使用17-溴-3,6,9,12,15-五氧杂十七烷-1-醇代替2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇制备得到化合物II-2。MS:730.1[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.35(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),8.16(s,1H),7.59(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.98(s,1H),6.92–6.84(m,2H),6.62(s,2H),6.10(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.03–4.91(m,2H),4.23(dt,J=14.0,6.8Hz,1H),3.85(s,4H),3.52(d,J=1.9Hz,18H),3.45–3.41(m,4H),2.66(s,8H),2.47(s,2H),1.55–1.45(m,2H),1.41–1.24(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound II-2 Referring to Compound II-1, Compound II-2 was prepared by using 17-bromo-3,6,9,12,15-pentaoxaheptadecan-1-ol instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol. MS: 730.1 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.35 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.92–6.84 (m, 2H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 6.10 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.03–4.91 (m, 2H), 4.23 (dt, J = 14.0, 6.8 Hz ,1H),3.85(s,4H),3.52(d,J=1.9Hz,18H),3.45–3.41(m,4H),2.66(s,8H),2.47(s,2H ),1.55–1.45(m,2H),1.41–1.24(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物II-3
Example Compound II-3
化合物II-3的合成参考化合物II-1,通过使用2-溴乙醇代替2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇制备得到化合物II-3。MS:510.5[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound II-3 Referring to Compound II-1, Compound II-3 was prepared by using 2-bromoethanol instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol. MS: 510.5 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物II-4
Example Compound II-4
化合物II-4的合成参考化合物II-1,通过使用3-溴丙醇代替2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇制备得到化合物II-4。MS:524.7[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.35(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),8.18(s,1H),7.60(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.99(s,1H),6.88(q,J=7.7Hz,2H),6.67(s,2H),6.11(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.06–4.90(m,2H),4.24(dt,J=14.0,6.8Hz,1H),3.52(s,2H),3.46(t,J=6.1Hz,3H),2.82–2.62(m,6H),1.66(q,J=7.4,6.9Hz,2H),1.56–1.46(m,2H),1.40–1.27(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound II-4 Referring to Compound II-1, Compound II-4 was prepared by using 3-bromopropanol instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol. MS: 524.7 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.35 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.88 (q, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (s, 2H), 6.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.06–4.90 (m, 2H), 4.24 (dt, J=14.0, 6.8 Hz,1H),3.52(s,2H),3.46(t,J=6.1Hz,3H),2.82–2.62(m,6H),1.66(q,J=7.4,6.9Hz,2 H), 1.56–1.46 (m, 2H), 1.40–1.27 (m, 2H), 1.16 (d, J = 6.5Hz, 3H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.3Hz, 3H).
实施例化合物II-5
Example Compound II-5
步骤1:中间体II-5-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate II-5-1
将中间体II-1-1(2.1克,3.61毫摩尔)溶于MeOH(20毫升)中,在0℃搅拌下加入0.8M氢氧化钠水溶液(9毫升,7.2毫摩尔)。将反应混合物在50度继续搅拌反应14小时。冷却反应液,将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用1N的盐酸调节Ph值到4,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体II-5-1(1.6克,85%)。MS:652.2[M+H]+。Dissolve the intermediate II-1-1 (2.1 g, 3.61 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml), add 0.8 M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (9 ml, 7.2 mmol) under stirring at 0°C. Continue stirring the reaction mixture at 50 degrees for 14 hours. Cool the reaction solution, pour the reaction mixture into ice water, adjust the Ph value to 4 with 1N hydrochloric acid, and extract with ethyl acetate. Wash the organic phase with saturated brine, dry with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate to obtain a crude product, which is purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain the intermediate II-5-1 (1.6 g, 85%). MS: 652.2 [M + H] + .
步骤2:中间体II-5-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate II-5-2
将中间体II-5-1(1.6克,3.1毫摩尔),HATU(2.3克,6.2毫摩尔),DIEA(3.2毫升,)和2-(哌嗪-1-基)乙烷-1-醇(1.2克,9.3毫摩尔)的DMF(20毫升)混合溶液在0度继续搅拌反应2小时。然后将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到中间体II-5-2(2.0克,85%)。MS:765.2[M+H]+。A mixed solution of intermediate II-5-1 (1.6 g, 3.1 mmol), HATU (2.3 g, 6.2 mmol), DIEA (3.2 ml,) and 2-(piperazine-1-yl)ethane-1-ol (1.2 g, 9.3 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) was stirred at 0 degrees for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give intermediate II-5-2 (2.0 g, 85%). MS: 765.2 [M+H] + .
步骤3:化合物II-5的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound II-5
将中间体II-5-2(2克,2.6毫摩尔)溶于三氟乙酸(20毫升)中,将反应混合液在80度搅拌反应1小时。反应混合物浓缩蒸干,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到化合物II-5。MS:524.7[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.37(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.66(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.05(s,1H),6.95(d,J=1.7Hz,2H),6.76(s,2H),6.14(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.10–4.94(m,2H),4.23(dt,J=13.9,6.8Hz,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.57(s,6H),2.62(s,7H),1.49(ddd,J=8.6,6.3,3.1Hz,2H),1.37–1.25(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。The intermediate II-5-2 (2 g, 2.6 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 degrees for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and evaporated to dryness, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain compound II-5. MS: 524.7 [M + H] + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.37(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.66(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.05(s,1H),6.95(d,J=1.7H z,2H),6.76(s,2H),6.14(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.10–4.94(m,2H),4.23(dt,J=13 .9,6.8Hz,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.57(s,6H),2.62(s,7H),1.49(ddd,J=8.6,6.3 ,3.1Hz,2H),1.37–1.25(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物II-6
Example Compound II-6
化合物II-6的合成参考化合物II-5,通过使用3-(哌嗪-1-基)丙-1-醇代替2-(哌嗪-1-基)乙烷-1-醇制备得到化合物II-6。MS:538.7[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.32(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.03(s,1H),6.93(s,2H),6.64(s,2H),6.12(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.09–4.93(m,2H),4.23(p,J=6.7Hz,1H),3.88(s,3H),3.61(s,2H),3.44(t,J=6.3Hz,4H),2.39(s,7H),1.60(q,J=6.8Hz,2H),1.57–1.44(m,2H),1.41–1.23(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound II-6 Referring to Compound II-5, Compound II-6 was prepared by using 3-(piperazin-1-yl)propan-1-ol instead of 2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol. MS: 538.7 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.32(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.03(s,1H),6.93(s,2H),6.64( s,2H),6.12(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.09–4.93(m,2H),4.23(p,J=6.7Hz,1H),3.88(s, 3H),3.61(s,2H),3.44(t,J=6.3Hz,4H),2.39(s,7H),1.60(q,J=6.8Hz,2H),1.5 7–1.44(m,2H),1.41–1.23(m,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物II-7
Example Compound II-7
步骤1:中间体II-7-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate II-7-1
中间体II-7-1的合成参考化合物II-5,通过使用中间体Int.G2代替中间体II-5-2制备得到中间体II-7-1。MS:396.1[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate II-7-1 Referring to compound II-5, Intermediate II-7-1 was prepared by using Intermediate Int.G2 instead of Intermediate II-5-2. MS: 396.1 [M+H] + .
步骤2:化合物II-7的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound II-7
将2-氨基-2-(羟甲基)丙烷-1,3-二醇(103毫克,0.9毫摩尔),乙酸(34毫克,0.6毫摩尔),中间体Int.G2(225毫克,0.6毫摩尔)的乙腈(8毫升)溶液在20度搅拌反应10分钟;然后将醋酸硼氢化钠(127毫克,0.6毫摩尔)加入到上述反应混合液中,并将反应混合液在20度搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水淬灭,并用二氯甲烷萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到化合物II-7(89毫克,31%)。MS:501.6[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.35(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),8.25(s,1H),7.57(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.10(s,1H),6.92(s,2H),6.60(s,2H),6.09(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.05–4.90(m,2H),4.27–4.20(m,1H),3.85(d,J=9.8Hz,5H),3.47(s,6H),1.50(s,2H),1.34(dt,J=13.5,7.1Hz,2H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。A solution of 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol (103 mg, 0.9 mmol), acetic acid (34 mg, 0.6 mmol), and intermediate Int.G2 (225 mg, 0.6 mmol) in acetonitrile (8 ml) was stirred at 20 degrees for 10 minutes; then sodium acetate borohydride (127 mg, 0.6 mmol) was added to the above reaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 degrees for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water to quench and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain compound II-7 (89 mg, 31%). MS: 501.6 [M + H] + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.35(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),8.25(s,1H),7.57(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.10(s,1H),6.92(s,2H),6.60(s,2H),6.09(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.05–4.90(m,2H), 4.27–4.20(m,1H),3.85(d,J=9.8Hz,5H),3.47(s,6H),1.50(s,2H),1.3 4(dt,J=13.5,7.1Hz,2H), 1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H), 0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物II-8
Example Compound II-8
化合物II-8的合成参考化合物II-7,通过使用2-氨基丙烷-1,3-二醇代替2-氨基- 2-(羟甲基)丙烷-1,3-二醇制备得到化合物II-8。MS:471.6[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.33(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),8.19(s,1H),7.60(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),7.28(s,1H),7.02(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),6.95(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.62(s,2H),6.11(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.07–4.92(m,2H),4.24(dt,J=13.9,6.8Hz,1H),4.08(s,2H),3.88(s,3H),3.67–3.54(m,6H),2.95–2.83(m,1H),1.50(q,J=6.8,5.1Hz,2H),1.34(dt,J=13.3,7.1Hz,2H),1.16(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。The synthesis of compound II-8 was based on compound II-7 by using 2-aminopropane-1,3-diol instead of 2-amino- 2-(Hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol was used to prepare compound II-8. MS: 471.6 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.33 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 6.11 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.07–4.92 (m, 2H), 4.24 (dt, J =13.9,6.8Hz,1H),4.08(s,2H),3.88(s,3H),3.67–3.54(m,6H),2.95–2.83(m,1H),1.50(q,J =6.8, 5.1Hz, 2H), 1.34 (dt, J = 13.3, 7.1Hz, 2H), 1.16 (d, J = 6.5Hz, 3H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.3Hz, 3H).
实施例化合物II-9
Example Compound II-9
化合物II-9的合成参考化合物II-7,通过使用2-氨基-2-甲基丙烷-1,3-二醇代替2-氨基-2-(羟甲基)丙烷-1,3-二醇制备得到化合物II-9。MS:485.6[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.36(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),8.19(s,1H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),7.10(s,1H),6.94–6.84(m,2H),6.60(s,2H),6.09(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.04–4.89(m,2H),4.24(p,J=6.9Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.74–3.66(m,7H),1.55–1.45(m,2H),1.35(dd,J=13.9,7.0Hz,2H),1.17(d,J=6.6Hz,3H),1.00(s,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound II-9 Referring to Compound II-7, Compound II-9 was prepared by using 2-amino-2-methylpropane-1,3-diol instead of 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol. MS: 485.6 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.36(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),8.19(s,1H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),7.10(s,1H),6.9 4–6.84(m,2H),6.60(s,2H),6.09(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.04–4.89(m,2H),4.24(p ,J=6.9Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.74–3.66(m,7H),1.55–1.45(m,2H),1.35(dd,J =13.9,7.0Hz,2H),1.17(d,J=6.6Hz,3H),1.00(s,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物II-10
Example Compound II-10
化合物II-10的合成参考化合物II-1,通过使用(14-溴-3,6,9,12-四氧十四烷基)氨基甲酸叔丁酯代替2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇和中间体III-6-3代替中间体II-1-4制备得到化合物II-10。MS:701.4[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound II-10 Referring to Compound II-1, Compound II-10 was prepared by using (14-bromo-3,6,9,12-tetrahydrotetradecyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol and Intermediate III-6-3 instead of Intermediate II-1-4. MS: 701.4 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物II-11
Example Compound II-11
化合物II-11的合成参考化合物II-1,通过使用2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基乙基)氨基甲酸叔丁酯代替2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇和中间体III-6-3代替 中间体II-1-4制备得到化合物II-11。MS:613.6[M+H]+。The synthesis of compound II-11 refers to compound II-1, by using tert-butyl 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxyethyl)carbamate instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethane-1-ol and intermediate III-6-3 instead of Intermediate II-1-4 was used to prepare compound II-11. MS: 613.6 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物II-12
Example Compound II-12
化合物II-12的合成参考化合物II-7,通过使用2-甲氨基乙醇代替2-氨基-2-(羟甲基)丙烷-1,3-二醇制备得到化合物II-12。MS:455.1[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound II-12 Referring to Compound II-7, Compound II-12 was prepared by using 2-methylaminoethanol instead of 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol. MS: 455.1 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物III-1
Example Compound III-1
化合物III-1的合成参考化合物III-2,通过使用1,14-二碘-3,6,9,12-四氧代十四烷代替1,20-二碘-3,6,9,12,15,18-六氧代二十烷制备得到化合物III-1。MS:800.8[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.44(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.09(s,1H),6.93(q,J=7.8Hz,3H),6.14(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.06–4.92(m,2H),3.87(s,4H),3.74–3.58(m,8H),3.57–3.47(m,10H),2.88(s,6H),2.68(s,4H),2.33–2.11(m,2H),1.50(s,2H),1.34(dt,J=13.3,6.8Hz,2H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-1 Referring to Compound III-2, Compound III-1 was prepared by using 1,14-diiodo-3,6,9,12-tetraoxotetradecane instead of 1,20-diiodo-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxoeicosane. MS: 800.8 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.44(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.09(s,1H),6.93(q,J=7.8Hz ,3H),6.14(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.06–4.92(m,2H),3.87(s,4H),3.74–3.58(m,8H ),3.57–3.47(m,10H),2.88(s,6H),2.68(s,4H),2.33–2.11(m,2H),1.50(s,2 H), 1.34 (dt, J = 13.3, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H).
实施例化合物III-2
Example Compound III-2
步骤1:中间体III-2-3的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-2-3
在氮气保护,零下80度搅拌条件下,将2M的LDA四氢呋喃溶液(17.7毫升,35.5毫摩尔)缓慢加入到1,20-二碘-3,6,9,12,15,18-六氧代二十烷(14.9克,27.3毫摩尔)和(二氟甲基)膦酸二乙酯(6.7克,35.5毫摩尔)的四氢呋喃(150毫升)溶液中,然后将反应混合在零下80度继续搅拌反应2小时。然后将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相分别用水和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色油状物中间体III-2-3(1.9克,11%)。MS:607.4[M+H]+。Under nitrogen protection and stirring at -80 degrees, 2M LDA tetrahydrofuran solution (17.7 ml, 35.5 mmol) was slowly added to a tetrahydrofuran (150 ml) solution of 1,20-diiodo-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexaoxoeicosane (14.9 g, 27.3 mmol) and diethyl (difluoromethyl)phosphonate (6.7 g, 35.5 mmol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at -80 degrees for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow oil intermediate III-2-3 (1.9 g, 11%). MS: 607.4 [M + H] + .
步骤2:中间体III-2-1的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-2-1
中间体III-2-1的合成参考化合物II-1,通过使用中间体III-2-3代替2-(2-(2-溴乙氧基)乙氧基]乙烷-1-醇制备得到中间体III-2-1。MS:945.1[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate III-2-1 Referring to compound II-1, Intermediate III-2-1 was prepared by using Intermediate III-2-3 instead of 2-(2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethoxy]ethan-1-ol. MS: 945.1 [M+H] + .
步骤3:化合物III-2的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound III-2
将中间体III-2-1(109毫克,0.1毫摩尔)溶于二氯甲烷(3毫升)中,在20℃搅拌下缓慢加入TMSBr(3540毫克,23.12毫摩尔);然后将反应混合物在20度继续搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合物浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到白色固体化合物III-2(29毫克,28%)。MS:889.4[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.44(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.07(s,1H),6.92(q,J=7.8Hz,3H),6.15(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.07–4.93(m,2H),4.24(p,J=6.9Hz,1H),3.87(s,3H),3.65(dd,J=16.6,9.0Hz,10H),3.51–3.47(m,20H),2.87(s,6H),2.66(s,4H),2.21(ddt,J=19.4,13.1,6.8Hz,2H),1.51(td,J=7.7,7.0,4.6Hz,2H),1.41–1.25(m,2H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。The intermediate III-2-1 (109 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 ml), and TMSBr (3540 mg, 23.12 mmol) was slowly added under stirring at 20°C; the reaction mixture was then stirred at 20°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a white solid compound III-2 (29 mg, 28%). MS: 889.4 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.44(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.07(s,1H),6.92(q,J=7.8Hz,3H),6.15(d,J =7.5Hz,1H),5.07–4.93(m,2H),4.24(p,J=6.9Hz,1H),3.87(s,3H),3.65(dd,J=16.6,9.0Hz, 10H),3.51–3.47(m,20H),2.87(s,6H),2.66(s,4H),2.21(ddt,J=19.4,13.1,6.8Hz,2H),1.5 1(td,J=7.7,7.0,4.6Hz,2H),1.41–1.25(m,2H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-3
Example Compound III-3
步骤1:中间体III-3-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-3-1
中间体III-3-1的合成参考化合物II-7,通过使用甲胺代替2-氨基-2-(羟甲基)丙烷-1,3-二醇制备得到中间体III-3-1。MS:531.6[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate III-3-1 Referring to compound II-7, intermediate III-3-1 was prepared by using methylamine instead of 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol. MS: 531.6 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体III-3-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-3-2
中间体III-3-2的合成参考中间体II-7-1,通过使用中间体III-3-1代替中间体Int.G2制备得到中间体III-3-2。MS:411.6[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.30(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.55(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),7.00(d,J=5.4Hz,2H),6.85(s,2H),6.72(d,J=7.9Hz,1H),6.57(s,2H),6.05(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),4.99–4.88(m,2H),4.46(s,1H),3.81(d,J=7.8Hz,3H),3.53–3.40(m,16H),2.90(s,2H),2.64–2.57(m,2H),2.02–1.93(m,H),1.49–1.43(m,2H),1.32–1.27(m,2H),1.12(d,J=6.4Hz,3H),0.86(t,J=7.4Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Intermediate III-3-2 Referring to Intermediate II-7-1, Intermediate III-3-2 was prepared by using Intermediate III-3-1 instead of Intermediate Int.G2. MS: 411.6 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.30 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 2H), 6.05 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.99–4.88 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 3 .81(d,J=7.8Hz,3H),3.53–3.40(m,16H),2.90(s,2H),2.64–2.57(m,2H),2.02–1.93(m ,H),1.49–1.43(m,2H),1.32–1.27(m,2H),1.12(d,J=6.4Hz,3H),0.86(t,J=7.4Hz,3H).
步骤3:化合物III-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound III-3
化合物III-3的合成参考化合物III-1,通过使用中间体III-3-2代替中间体II-1-4制备得到化合物III-3。MS:745.9[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.63(s,0H),7.81(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.28(s,1H),7.01(q,J=7.8Hz,2H),6.27(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.12–4.97(m,2H),4.31–4.21(m,1H),4.02(s,2H),3.89(s,3H),3.73(s,2H),3.66(t,J=7.5Hz,4H),3.47(d,J=5.0Hz,6H),3.44(s,3H),2.32–2.11(m,2H),1.59–1.50(m,2H),1.35(q,J=7.1Hz,2H),1.19(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(d,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-3 Referring to Compound III-1, Compound III-3 was prepared by using Intermediate III-3-2 instead of Intermediate II-1-4. MS: 745.9 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.63 (s, 0H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.01 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.12–4.97 (m, 2H), 4.31–4.21 (m, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H),3.66(t,J=7.5Hz,4H),3.47(d,J=5.0Hz,6H),3.44(s,3H),2.32–2.11(m,2H),1. 59–1.50(m,2H),1.35(q,J=7.1Hz,2H),1.19(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(d,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-4
Example Compound III-4
步骤1:中间体III-4-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-4-1
中间体III-4-1的合成参考化合物II-5,通过使用哌嗪-1-羧酸叔丁酯代替2-(哌嗪-1-基)乙烷-1-醇制备得到中间体III-4-1。MS:481.2[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate III-4-1 Referring to compound II-5, intermediate III-4-1 was prepared by using tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate instead of 2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol. MS: 481.2 [M+H] + .
步骤2:化合物III-4的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound III-4
化合物III-4的合成参考化合物III-2,通过使用中间体III-4-1代替中间体II-1-4和中间体III-4-3代替中间体III-2-3制备得到化合物III-4。MS:726.8[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.45(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.07–7.00(m,2H),7.00–6.90(m,2H),6.17(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.11–4.96(m,2H),4.30–4.18(m,2H),3.88(s,3H),3.68(t,J=7.4Hz,4H),3.62(s,4H),3.51(s,4H),2.74(s,6H),2.26–2.14(m,2H),1.57–1.47(m,2H),1.34(p,J=6.8Hz,2H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-4 Referring to Compound III-2, Compound III-4 was prepared by using Intermediate III-4-1 instead of Intermediate II-1-4 and Intermediate III-4-3 instead of Intermediate III-2-3. MS: 726.8 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07–7.00 (m, 2H), 7.00–6.90 (m, 2H), 6.17 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.11–4.96 (m, 2H), 4.30–4.18 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.6 8(t,J=7.4Hz,4H),3.62(s,4H),3.51(s,4H),2.74(s,6H),2.26–2.14(m,2H),1.57 –1.47(m,2H),1.34(p,J=6.8Hz,2H),1.17(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-5
Example Compound III-5
步骤1:中间体III-5-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-5-1
中间体III-5-1的合成参考中间体III-6-3,通过使用4-甲基哌嗪代替哌嗪-1-羧酸叔丁酯制备得到中间体III-5-1。MS:496.3[M+H]+。 Synthesis of Intermediate III-5-1 Referring to Intermediate III-6-3, Intermediate III-5-1 was prepared by using 4-methylpiperazine instead of tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate. MS: 496.3 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体III-5的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-5
化合物III-5的合成参考化合物III-4,通过使用中间体III-5-1代替中间体III-4-1制备得到化合物III-5。MS:742.8[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.42(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),7.59(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.99(s,1H),6.97–6.79(m,2H),6.63(s,1H),6.09(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.09–4.82(m,2H),4.20(d,J=7.3Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.65(q,J=7.4,6.7Hz,5H),3.58(d,J=7.2Hz,4H),3.54–3.47(m,7H),3.15(s,3H),2.84–2.64(m,4H),2.16(ddt,J=20.6,13.7,6.5Hz,2H),1.60(q,J=7.2Hz,1H),1.46(q,J=6.1,5.4Hz,1H),1.32(p,J=7.7,7.2Hz,2H),0.89(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-5 Referring to Compound III-4, Compound III-5 was prepared by using Intermediate III-5-1 instead of Intermediate III-4-1. MS: 742.8 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.42 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.97–6.79 (m, 2H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.09 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.09–4.82 (m, 2H), 4.20 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.65 (q, J = 7.4, 6.7 Hz, 5H), 3.58 ( d,J=7.2Hz,4H),3.54–3.47(m,7H),3.15(s,3H),2.84–2.64(m,4H),2.16(ddt,J=20.6,13.7,6.5Hz,2H ), 1.60 (q, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 1.46 (q, J = 6.1, 5.4Hz, 1H), 1.32 (p, J = 7.7, 7.2Hz, 2H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.3Hz, 3H).
实施例化合物III-6
Example Compound III-6
步骤1:中间体III-6-3的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-6-3
中间体III-6-3的合成参考中间体II-1-4,通过使用中间体Int.D代替中间体Int.C制备得到中间体III-6-3。MS:482.3[M+H]+。Synthesis of Intermediate III-6-3 Referring to Intermediate II-1-4, Intermediate III-6-3 was prepared by using Intermediate Int.D instead of Intermediate Int.C. MS: 482.3 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体III-6的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-6
化合物III-6的合成参考化合物III-2,通过使用中间体III-6-3代替中间体II-1-4和中间体III-4-3代替中间体III-2-3制备得到化合物III-6。MS:728.8[M+H]+。1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ10.07(d,J=8.7Hz,1H),7.91(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.08(d,J=7.2Hz,2H),6.92(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.38(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.13–4.99(m,2H),4.25(t,J=7.4Hz,1H),3.84(s,3H),3.75–3.64(m,6H),3.53(d,J=3.8Hz,6H),3.11(s,6H),2.78(s,4H),2.22(ddt,J=19.3,12.5,6.7Hz,2H),1.57(dt,J=34.1,7.5Hz,2H),1.33(q,J=7.6Hz,2H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-6 Referring to Compound III-2, Compound III-6 was prepared by using Intermediate III-6-3 instead of Intermediate II-1-4 and Intermediate III-4-3 instead of Intermediate III-2-3. MS: 728.8 [M+H] + . 1 HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 10.07 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.13–4.99 (m, 2H), 4.25 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.7 5–3.64(m,6H),3.53(d,J=3.8Hz,6H),3.11(s,6H),2.78(s,4H),2.22(ddt,J=19.3,12.5 ,6.7Hz,2H),1.57(dt,J=34.1,7.5Hz,2H),1.33(q,J=7.6Hz,2H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-7
Example Compound III-7
化合物III-7的合成参考化合物III-6,通过使用中间体III-9-3代替中间体III-4-3制备得到化合物III-7。MS:696.8[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.54(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.04–6.76(m,4H),6.14(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),4.98(q,J=15.3Hz,2H),4.49–4.18(m,3H),3.84(s,3H),3.59–3.40(m,4H),2.84(t,J=74.9Hz,8H),1.92(s,2H),1.74–1.41(m,6H),1.40–1.18(m,6H),0.89(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-7 Referring to Compound III-6, Compound III-7 was prepared by using Intermediate III-9-3 instead of Intermediate III-4-3. MS: 696.8 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.54(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.04–6.76(m,4H),6.14(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),4.98(q,J=15.3Hz,2H),4.49–4.18(m,3H) ,3.84(s,3H),3.59–3.40(m,4H),2.84(t,J=74.9Hz,8H),1.92(s,2H),1.74–1.41(m,6H),1.40–1.18(m,6H),0.89(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-8
Example Compound III-8
化合物III-8的合成参考化合物III-2,通过使用中间体III-4-3代替中间体III-2-3制备得到化合物III-8。MS:722.7[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ10.04(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),8.37(s,1H),7.96(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.16–7.05(m,2H),6.94(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),6.44(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.08(d,J=6.1Hz,2H),4.29(p,J=6.8Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.78(s,2H),3.73(q,J=4.6Hz,2H),3.67(t,J=7.3Hz,2H),3.53(p,J=4.7,3.5Hz,4H),3.17(s,6H),2.84(s,4H),2.23(t,J=6.7Hz,2H),1.64–1.50(m,2H),1.35(td,J=8.7,7.8,5.0Hz,2H),1.22(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-8 Referring to Compound III-2, Compound III-8 was prepared by using Intermediate III-4-3 instead of Intermediate III-2-3. MS: 722.7 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 10.04 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16–7.05 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (p, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.73 (q, J = 4.6Hz,2H),3.67(t,J=7.3Hz,2H),3.53(p,J=4.7,3.5Hz,4H),3.17(s,6H),2.84(s,4H),2.23(t,J=6.7H z,2H),1.64–1.50(m,2H),1.35(td,J=8.7,7.8,5.0Hz,2H),1.22(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.91(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-9
Example Compound III-9
化合物III-9的合成参考化合物III-2,通过使用中间体III-9-2代替中间体III-2-2制备得到化合物III-9。MS:680.75[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.73(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.85(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.04–6.93(m,2H),6.86(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),6.29(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.08–4.94(m,2H),4.32–4.19(m,1H),3.83(s,3H),3.55(s,2H),3.35(t,J=6.5Hz,1H),2.88(s,2H),1.96(d,J=32.4Hz,3H),1.67(s,2H),1.57–1.43(m,5H),1.41–1.22(m,9H),1.18(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.89(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-9 Referring to Compound III-2, Compound III-9 was prepared by using Intermediate III-9-2 instead of Intermediate III-2-2. MS: 680.75 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.73 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.04–6.93 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.08–4.94 (m, 2H), 4.32–4.19 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3. 55(s,2H),3.35(t,J=6.5Hz,1H),2.88(s,2H),1.96(d,J=32.4Hz,3H),1.67(s,2H), 1.57–1.43(m,5H),1.41–1.22(m,9H),1.18(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.89(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-10
Example Compound III-10
步骤1:中间体III-10-2的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-10-2
在20度搅拌条件下,将四氮唑(107毫克,1.53毫摩尔)缓慢滴加到化合物II-4(400毫克,0.765毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(30毫升)反应溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应0.5小时;然后将得到的反应混合液在0度下缓慢滴加到中间体III-10-1(1175毫克,1.53毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(10毫升)溶液中,将得到的反应混合液在室温搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物黄色固体中间体III-10-2(350毫克)。Under stirring conditions at 20 degrees, tetrazole (107 mg, 1.53 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to the dichloromethane (30 ml) reaction solution of compound II-4 (400 mg, 0.765 mmol), and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 0.5 hours; then the obtained reaction mixture was slowly added dropwise to the dichloromethane (10 ml) solution of intermediate III-10-1 (1175 mg, 1.53 mmol) at 0 degrees, and the obtained reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude yellow solid intermediate III-10-2 (350 mg).
步骤2:中间体III-10-3的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-10-3
在20度搅拌条件下,将碘的四氢呋喃/水/吡啶(0.05M,15毫升,THF/H2O/Py=70:20:10)混合溶液缓慢滴加到中间体III-10-2(350毫克,0.276毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(10毫升)反应溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应3小时;将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体中间体III-10-3(240毫克)。MS:604.8[1/2M+H]+。Under stirring at 20 degrees, a mixed solution of iodine in tetrahydrofuran/water/pyridine (0.05M, 15 ml, THF/H 2 O/Py=70:20:10) was slowly added dropwise to a reaction solution of intermediate III-10-2 (350 mg, 0.276 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml), and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 3 hours; the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow solid intermediate III-10-3 (240 mg). MS: 604.8[1/2M+H] + .
步骤3:化合物III-10的制备 Step 3: Preparation of compound III-10
在20度搅拌条件下,将DBU(152毫克,0.995毫摩尔)缓慢滴加到中间体III-10-3(240毫克,0.199毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(10毫升)反应溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应2小时;将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色固体化合物III-10(30毫克)。1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ9.79(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.45(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),7.21(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.93–6.84(m,2H),6.38(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.23(dt,J=8.8,4.4Hz,1H),5.04(q,J=14.5Hz,2H),4.40(dd,J=12.0,3.1Hz,1H),4.29(dt,J=14.1,6.9Hz,1H),4.18(dd,J=12.0,6.6Hz,1H),3.99(dt,J=18.5,6.1Hz,4H),3.85(s,3H),3.54–3.43(m,3H),2.78(d,J=20.9Hz,4H),2.64(s,4H),2.28(q,J=7.5Hz,4H),1.99(d,J=13.0Hz,2H),1.81–1.75(m,1H),1.61–1.52(m,5H),1.43–1.35(m,2H),1.25(s,52H),0.93(t,J=7.3Hz,3H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H)。Under stirring conditions at 20 degrees, DBU (152 mg, 0.995 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to the dichloromethane (10 ml) reaction solution of the intermediate III-10-3 (240 mg, 0.199 mmol), and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 2 hours; the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain yellow solid compound III-10 (30 mg). 1 H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ9.79(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.45(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),7.21(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.93–6.84(m,2H),6.38(d,J=7.5Hz,1 H),5.23(dt,J=8.8,4.4Hz,1H),5.04(q,J=14.5Hz,2H),4.40(dd,J=12.0,3.1Hz,1H),4.29(dt,J=14.1,6.9Hz,1H),4.18(dd,J=12.0,6. 6Hz,1H),3.99(dt,J=18.5,6.1Hz,4H),3.85(s,3H),3.54–3.43(m,3H),2.78(d,J=20.9Hz,4H),2.64(s,4H),2.28(q,J=7.5Hz,4H),1.99 (d,J=13.0Hz,2H),1.81–1.75(m,1H),1.61–1.52(m,5H),1.43–1.35(m,2H),1.25(s,52H),0.93(t,J=7.3Hz,3H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H).
实施例化合物III-11
Example Compound III-11
步骤1:中间体III-11-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-11-1
在0度搅拌条件下,将溴苄(45.7克,0.267摩尔)和NaH(3.9克,0.098摩尔)依次缓慢加入到2-(2-氯乙氧基)乙氧基乙烷-1-醇(15克,0.089摩尔)的DMF(200毫升)溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应16小时;将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色油状物中间体III-11-1(13.8克,60%)。MS:259.2[M+H]+。Under stirring conditions at 0 degrees, benzyl bromide (45.7 g, 0.267 mol) and NaH (3.9 g, 0.098 mol) were slowly added to a DMF (200 ml) solution of 2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethoxyethane-1-ol (15 g, 0.089 mol), and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 16 hours; the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a yellow oil intermediate III-11-1 (13.8 g, 60%). MS: 259.2 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体III-11-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-11-2
在0度搅拌条件下,将NaH(880毫克,22毫摩尔)和TBAI(406毫克,1.1毫摩尔)依次 缓慢加入到(2,2-二甲基-1,3-二氧戊环-4-基)甲醇(1.2克,11毫摩尔)的四氢呋喃(50毫升)溶液中,并将反应液在0度继续搅拌反应1小时;然后在20度搅拌条件下,将中间体III-11-1(1175毫克,1.53毫摩尔)缓慢加入到上述反应溶液中,并将反应液在68度继续搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到黄色油状物中间体III-11-2(1.4克,37%)。MS:377.2[M+Na]+。Under stirring at 0°C, NaH (880 mg, 22 mmol) and TBAI (406 mg, 1.1 mmol) were added in sequence. Slowly add (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-yl)methanol (1.2 g, 11 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 ml), and continue to stir the reaction solution at 0 degrees for 1 hour; then slowly add intermediate III-11-1 (1175 mg, 1.53 mmol) to the above reaction solution under stirring at 20 degrees, and continue to stir the reaction solution at 68 degrees for 16 hours. Pour the reaction mixture into ice water and extract with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which is purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain yellow oil intermediate III-11-2 (1.4 g, 37%). MS: 377.2 [M + Na] + .
步骤3:中间体III-11-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of intermediate III-11-3
将1M的盐酸溶液(5毫升)加入到中间体III-11-2(1.4克,4毫摩尔)的甲醇(20毫升)溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应4小时;将反应混合液浓缩得到白色固体中间体III-11-3(1.2克)。MS:315.6[M+H]+。1M hydrochloric acid solution (5 ml) was added to a solution of intermediate III-11-2 (1.4 g, 4 mmol) in methanol (20 ml), and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 4 hours; the reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a white solid intermediate III-11-3 (1.2 g). MS: 315.6 [M+H] + .
步骤4:中间体III-11-4的制备Step 4: Preparation of intermediate III-11-4
在20度搅拌条件下,将棕榈酸(2.9克,11.4毫摩尔),DMAP(140毫克,1.14毫摩尔)和EDCI(2.2克,11.4毫摩尔)加入到中间体III-11-3(1.2克,3.8毫摩尔)的DCM(40毫升)溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到白色固体中间体III-11-4(1.8克,60%)。1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ7.36–7.27(m,5H),5.20(m,1H),4.57(s,2H),4.33(m,1H),4.15(m,1H),3.72–3.56(m,14H),2.30(m,4H),1.60(d,J=4.0Hz,4H),1.25(s,48H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H)。Palmitic acid (2.9 g, 11.4 mmol), DMAP (140 mg, 1.14 mmol) and EDCI (2.2 g, 11.4 mmol) were added to a DCM (40 ml) solution of intermediate III-11-3 (1.2 g, 3.8 mmol) under stirring at 20 degrees, and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give a white solid intermediate III-11-4 (1.8 g, 60%). 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ7.36–7.27(m,5H),5.20(m,1H),4.57(s,2H),4.33(m,1H),4.15(m,1H),3.72–3.5 6(m,14H),2.30(m,4H),1.60(d,J=4.0Hz,4H),1.25(s,48H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H).
步骤5:中间体III-11-5的制备Step 5: Preparation of intermediate III-11-5
将中间体III-11-4(350毫克,0.44毫摩尔)溶于乙酸乙酯(20毫升)和甲醇(2毫升)的溶液中,在搅拌条件下向反应混合物中加入钯碳(300毫克),然后反应混合物在室温氢气压力条件下搅拌反应16小时;将反应混合溶液过滤,浓缩,得到白色固体中间体III-11-5(300毫克,88%)。1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ5.15(s,1H),4.28(dd,J=13.7,5.4Hz,1H),4.12–4.01(m,1H),3.73–3.47(m,14H),2.31–2.15(m,5H),1.84–1.71(m,3H),1.54(d,J=6.7Hz,4H),1.18(s,49H),0.81(t,J=6.8Hz,6H)。The intermediate III-11-4 (350 mg, 0.44 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of ethyl acetate (20 ml) and methanol (2 ml), palladium carbon (300 mg) was added to the reaction mixture under stirring conditions, and then the reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen pressure conditions at room temperature for 16 hours; the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to give a white solid intermediate III-11-5 (300 mg, 88%). 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ5.15(s,1H),4.28(dd,J=13.7,5.4Hz,1H),4.12–4.01(m,1H),3.73–3.47(m,14H),2.31– 2.15(m,5H),1.84–1.71(m,3H),1.54(d,J=6.7Hz,4H),1.18(s,49H),0.81(t,J=6.8Hz,6H).
步骤6:中间体III-11-6的制备Step 6: Preparation of intermediate III-11-6
在20度搅拌条件下,将四氮唑(60毫克,0.86毫摩尔)缓慢滴加到中间体III-11-5(300毫克,0.43毫摩尔)的二氯甲烷(20毫升)反应溶液中,并将反应液在20度搅拌反应0.5小时;然后将双(二异丙基氨基)(2-氰基乙氧基)膦(260毫克,0.86毫摩尔)缓慢滴加到上述反应混合溶液中,将得到的反应混合液在室温搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到白色固体中间体III-11-6(150毫克,33%)。1H NMR(400MHz,CD3CN)δ5.14(dtd,J=6.7,5.3,3.5Hz,1H),4.28–4.22(m,1H),4.14–4.04(m,1H),3.84–3.66(m,4H),3.63–3.50(m,14H),2.65(m,2H),2.27(td,J=7.4,4.5Hz,4H),1.56(m,4H),1.27(s,48H),1.18(d,J=1.9Hz,6H),1.16(d,J=1.9Hz,5H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H)。Under stirring conditions at 20 degrees, tetrazole (60 mg, 0.86 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to the dichloromethane (20 ml) reaction solution of intermediate III-11-5 (300 mg, 0.43 mmol), and the reaction solution was stirred at 20 degrees for 0.5 hours; then bis(diisopropylamino)(2-cyanoethoxy)phosphine (260 mg, 0.86 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to the above reaction mixture, and the obtained reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain a white solid intermediate III-11-6 (150 mg, 33%). 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 CN)δ5.14(dtd,J=6.7,5.3,3.5Hz,1H),4.28–4.22(m,1H),4.14–4.04(m,1H),3.84–3.66(m,4H),3.63–3.50(m,14H),2.65(m,2 H), 2.27 (td, J = 7.4, 4.5Hz, 4H), 1.56 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 48H), 1.18 (d, J = 1.9Hz, 6H), 1.16 (d, J = 1.9Hz, 5H), 0.88 (t, J = 6.8Hz, 6H).
步骤7:化合物III-11的制备Step 7: Preparation of Compound III-11
化合物III-11的合成参考化合物III-10,通过使用中间体III-11-6代替中间体III-10-1制备得到化合物III-11。1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ9.74(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.40(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.15(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.86(s,1H),6.81(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.32(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.19–5.11(m,1H),5.05–4.94(m,2H),4.31–4.23(m, 1H),4.09(dd,J=11.9,6.5Hz,1H),4.01–3.89(m,4H),3.80(s,3H),3.66–3.52(m,12H),3.46(d,J=13.3Hz,3H),2.89(s,1H),2.78(s,4H),2.61(s,3H),2.25(q,J=7.4Hz,4H),1.94(d,J=12.5Hz,2H),1.64(s,1H),1.60–1.49(m,5H),1.35(dt,J=14.0,6.8Hz,2H),1.20(s,52H),0.85(dt,J=18.2,7.1Hz,9H)。Synthesis of Compound III-11 Referring to Compound III-10, Compound III-11 was prepared by using Intermediate III-11-6 instead of Intermediate III-10-1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ9.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.19–5.11 (m, 1H), 5.05–4.94 (m, 2H), 4.31–4.23 (m, 1H),4.09(dd,J=11.9,6.5Hz,1H),4.01–3.89(m,4H),3.80(s,3H),3.66–3. 52(m,12H),3.46(d,J=13.3Hz,3H),2.89(s,1H),2.78(s,4H),2.61(s,3H),2 .25(q,J=7.4Hz,4H),1.94(d,J=12.5Hz,2H),1.64(s,1H),1.60–1.49(m,5H ), 1.35 (dt, J = 14.0, 6.8Hz, 2H), 1.20 (s, 52H), 0.85 (dt, J = 18.2, 7.1Hz, 9H).
实施例化合物III-12
Example Compound III-12
化合物III-12的合成参考化合物III-10,通过使用中间体III-12-1代替中间体III-10-1和化合物II-1代替化合物II-4制备得到化合物III-12。1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ11.43(s,1H),9.75(d,J=8.1Hz,1H),7.40(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.15(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.82(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.31(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.17(s,1H),4.97(q,J=14.5Hz,2H),4.34(d,J=9.7Hz,1H),4.23(dd,J=13.6,6.7Hz,1H),4.12(dd,J=11.7,6.7Hz,1H),3.96(s,4H),3.79(s,3H),3.72(s,2H),3.62–3.51(m,7H),3.45(dd,J=15.5,7.5Hz,3H),3.38(s,2H),2.93–2.59(m,9H),2.21(q,J=7.0Hz,4H),2.03–1.93(m,2H),1.64(s,1H),1.50(s,5H),1.36–1.31(m,2H),1.18(s,52H),0.83(dt,J=18.7,7.1Hz,9H)。Synthesis of Compound III-12 Referring to Compound III-10, Compound III-12 was prepared by using Intermediate III-12-1 instead of Intermediate III-10-1 and Compound II-1 instead of Compound II-4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ11.43 (s, 1H), 9.75 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 4.97 (q, J = 14.5 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J = 13.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (dd, J = 11.7 ,6.7Hz,1H),3.96(s,4H),3.79(s,3H),3.72(s,2H),3.62–3.51(m,7H),3.45(dd,J=15.5,7.5Hz,3H),3.38(s,2H),2.93–2.59(m,9H) ,2.21(q,J=7.0Hz,4H),2.03–1.93(m,2H),1.64(s,1H),1.50(s,5H),1.36–1.31(m,2H),1.18(s,52H),0.83(dt,J=18.7,7.1Hz,9H).
实施例化合物III-16
Example Compound III-16
化合物III-16的合成参考化合物III-10,通过使用化合物II-1代替化合物II-4制备得到化合物III-16。1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ9.83(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.44(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.20(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.90(s,1H),6.85(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.40(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.21(dt,J=8.8,4.4Hz,1H),5.01(q,J=14.4Hz,2H),4.38(dd,J=12.0,3.2Hz,1H),4.30–4.22(m,1H),4.17(dd,J=12.0,6.5Hz,1H),4.01(t,J=5.7 Hz,4H),3.82(s,3H),3.69(d,J=4.7Hz,2H),3.67–3.45(m,19H),2.78(s,5H),2.60(s,4H),2.25(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.53(dd,J=17.8,7.0Hz,5H),1.39–1.33(m,2H),1.22(s,54H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H),0.84(t,J=6.7Hz,6H)。Synthesis of Compound III-16 Referring to Compound III-10, Compound III-16 was prepared by using Compound II-1 instead of Compound II-4. 1H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ9.83(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),7.44(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.20(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.90(s,1H),6.85(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.40(d,J=7.5Hz ,1H),5.21(dt,J=8.8,4.4Hz,1H),5.01(q,J=14.4Hz,2H),4.38(dd,J=12.0 ,3.2Hz,1H),4.30–4.22(m,1H),4.17(dd,J=12.0,6.5Hz,1H),4.01(t,J=5.7 Hz,4H),3.82(s,3H),3.69(d,J=4.7Hz,2H),3.67–3.45(m,19H),2.78(s,5H),2.60(s,4H),2.25(q,J=7.2Hz,4H ),1.53(dd,J=17.8,7.0Hz,5H),1.39–1.33(m,2H),1.22(s,54H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H),0.84(t,J=6.7Hz,6H).
实施例化合物III-19
Example Compound III-19
化合物III-19的合成参考化合物III-2,通过使用化合物III-6-3代替化合物II-1-4制备得到化合物III-19。MS:904.4(M+H)+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.66(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),7.74(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.07(s,1H),7.01–6.87(m,2H),6.21(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.08–4.93(m,2H),4.23(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),3.86(s,3H),3.67(dd,J=18.2,10.5Hz,9H),3.48(dd,J=12.5,6.2Hz,22H),2.98(s,6H),2.70(s,4H),2.22(ddt,J=19.5,12.7,6.5Hz,2H),1.55(dtd,J=51.7,13.8,7.4Hz,2H),1.33(td,J=9.0,8.5,4.2Hz,2H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound III-19 Referring to Compound III-2, Compound III-19 was prepared by using Compound III-6-3 instead of Compound II-1-4. MS: 904.4 (M+H) + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 9.66 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.01–6.87 (m, 2H), 6.21 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.08–4.93 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.67 (dd, J = 18.2, 10.5 Hz, 9H) ,3.48(dd,J=12.5,6.2Hz,22H),2.98(s,6H),2.70(s,4H),2.22(ddt,J=19.5,12.7,6.5Hz,2H) ,1.55(dtd,J=51.7,13.8,7.4Hz,2H), 1.33(td,J=9.0,8.5,4.2Hz,2H), 0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物IV-8
Example Compound IV-8
步骤1:化合物IV-8-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound IV-8-1
在氮气保护条件下,将化合物A2(200毫克,0.092毫摩尔),化合物III-6-3(58毫克,0.12毫摩尔)和TEA(47毫克,0.46毫摩尔)的乙腈(10毫升)反应混合液在20度搅拌反应4小时;然后将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到白色固体化合物IV-8-1(170毫克,74%)。MS:1236.0(1/2M+H)+。Under nitrogen protection, a reaction mixture of compound A2 (200 mg, 0.092 mmol), compound III-6-3 (58 mg, 0.12 mmol) and TEA (47 mg, 0.46 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 ml) was stirred at 20 degrees for 4 hours; then the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a white solid compound IV-8-1 (170 mg, 74%). MS: 1236.0 (1/2M+H) + .
步骤2:化合物IV-8的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound IV-8
将化合物IV-8-1(170毫克,0.092毫摩尔)和7M的氨甲醇溶液(10毫升)在20度搅拌反应4小时;然后将反应混合液浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到白色固体化合物IV-8(58.72毫克,40%)。MS:1046.8(1/2M+H)+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.40(m,1H),7.84(m,3H),7.74(m,3H),7.62(m,3H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.98(m,2H),6.86(m,2H),6.54(s,2H),6.07(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.02–4.85(m,2H),4.78(t,J=5.1Hz,1H),4.61–4.54(m,6H),4.47(d,J=4.3Hz,3H),4.22(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),3.83(s,3H),3.68(m,10H),3.59–3.39(m,32H),3.38–3.34(m,3H),3.29(t,J=6.2Hz,3H),3.02(m,13H),2.37–2.21(m,13H),2.05(dd,J=13.6,6.6Hz,9H),1.80(s,9H),1.57(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),1.47(m,25H),1.35–1.26(m,3H),1.22(s,13H),0.88(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Compound IV-8-1 (170 mg, 0.092 mmol) and 7M methanolic ammonia solution (10 ml) were stirred at 20 degrees for 4 hours; the reaction mixture was then concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a white solid compound IV-8 (58.72 mg, 40%). MS: 1046.8 (1/2M+H) + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.40(m,1H),7.84(m,3H),7.74(m,3H),7.62(m,3H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.98(m,2H),6.86(m,2H),6.54(s,2H),6.07(d,J =7.5Hz,1H),5.02–4.85(m,2H),4.78(t,J=5.1Hz,1H),4.61–4.54(m,6H),4.47(d,J=4.3Hz,3H),4.22(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),3.83(s ,3H),3.68(m,10H),3.59–3.39(m,32H),3.38–3.34(m,3H),3.29(t,J=6.2Hz,3H),3.02(m,13H),2.37–2.21(m,13H),2.05(dd, J=13.6,6.6Hz,9H),1.80(s,9H),1.57(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),1.47(m,25H),1.35–1.26(m,3H),1.22(s,13H),0.88(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物IV-6
Example Compound IV-6
化合物IV-6的合成参考化合物IV-8,制备得到化合物IV-6。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.40(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),7.85(t,J=5.4Hz,4H),7.74(t,J=5.6Hz,3H),7.62(d,J=9.1Hz,3H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),6.94(s,1H),6.87(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.81(d,J=8.5Hz,1H),6.54(s,2H),6.06(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),4.94(dd,J=30.1,15.3Hz,2H),4.77(t,J=5.2Hz,1H),4.61–4.51(m,6H),4.47(d,J=4.3Hz,3H),4.22(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),3.82(s,3H),3.67(dt,J=7.4,6.1Hz,9H),3.57–3.51(m, 15H),3.50–3.45(m,18H),3.45–3.35(m,10H),3.31–3.26(m,6H),3.18(dd,J=11.5,5.7Hz,3H),3.08–2.99(m,12H),2.41(dd,J=27.0,21.3Hz,10H),2.28(t,J=6.3Hz,7H),2.03(d,J=7.3Hz,10H),1.80(s,9H),1.70–1.55(m,4H),1.55–1.25(m,22H),0.88(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound IV-6 Compound IV-6 was prepared by referring to Compound IV-8. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.40 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 4H), 7.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 3H), 7.62 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 3H), 7.56 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 2H ),6.06(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),4.94(dd,J=30.1,15.3Hz,2H),4.77(t,J=5.2Hz,1H),4.61–4.51(m,6H),4 .47(d,J=4.3Hz,3H),4.22(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),3.82(s,3H),3.67(dt,J=7.4,6.1Hz,9H),3.57–3.51(m, 15H),3.50–3.45(m,18H),3.45–3.35(m,10H),3.31–3.26(m,6H),3.18(dd,J=11.5,5.7Hz,3H),3.08–2.99(m,12H),2.41(dd,J=27.0,2 1.3Hz,10H),2.28(t,J=6.3Hz,7H),2.03(d,J=7.3Hz,10H),1.80(s,9H),1.70–1.55(m,4H),1.55–1.25(m,22H),0.88(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物IV-7
Example Compound IV-7
化合物IV-7的合成参考化合物IV-8,制备得到化合物IV-7。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.40(d,J=8.5Hz,1H),7.84(t,J=5.5Hz,3H),7.74(t,J=5.5Hz,3H),7.62(d,J=9.0Hz,3H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.98(d,J=10.8Hz,2H),6.86(dd,J=17.2,7.8Hz,2H),6.54(s,2H),6.07(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.02–4.85(m,2H),4.78(t,J=5.1Hz,1H),4.61–4.54(m,6H),4.47(d,J=4.3Hz,3H),4.22(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),3.83(s,3H),3.68(ddd,J=13.1,7.9,2.9Hz,10H),3.59–3.39(m,32H),3.38–3.34(m,3H),3.29(t,J=6.2Hz,3H),3.02(dd,J=10.9,5.7Hz,13H),2.37–2.21(m,13H),2.05(dd,J=13.6,6.6Hz,9H),1.80(s,9H),1.57(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),1.47(ddd,J=14.9,12.0,5.9Hz,25H),1.35–1.26(m,3H),1.22(s,13H),0.88(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。Synthesis of Compound IV-7 Compound IV-7 was prepared by referring to Compound IV-8. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.40(d,J=8.5Hz,1H),7.84(t,J=5.5Hz,3H),7.74(t,J=5.5Hz,3H),7.62(d, J=9.0Hz,3H),7.56(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.98(d,J=10.8Hz,2H),6.86(dd,J=17.2,7 .8Hz,2H),6.54(s,2H),6.07(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.02–4.85(m,2H),4.78(t,J=5. 1Hz,1H),4.61–4.54(m,6H),4.47(d,J=4.3Hz,3H),4.22(d,J=8.4Hz,4H),3.83( s,3H),3.68(ddd,J=13.1,7.9,2.9Hz,10H),3.59–3.39(m,32H),3.38–3.34(m, 3H),3.29(t,J=6.2Hz,3H),3.02(dd,J=10.9,5.7Hz,13H),2.37–2.21(m,13H),2 .05(dd,J=13.6,6.6Hz,9H),1.80(s,9H),1.57(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),1.47(ddd,J=1 4.9, 12.0, 5.9Hz, 25H), 1.35–1.26 (m, 3H), 1.22 (s, 13H), 0.88 (t, J = 7.3Hz, 3H).
实施例化合物III-15
Example Compound III-15
步骤1:化合物III-15-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound III-15-1
在氮气保护,0度搅拌条件下,将DMAP(0.14克,11.5毫摩尔),TEA(3.8毫升)和TBDPSCl(12.6克,46毫摩尔)依次加入到化合物III-15-A(3克,23毫摩尔)二氯甲烷(100毫升)溶液中,然后将反应混合液在20度搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-15-1(4.3克,51%)。MS:393.2(M+Na)+。Under nitrogen protection and stirring at 0 degrees, DMAP (0.14 g, 11.5 mmol), TEA (3.8 ml) and TBDPSCl (12.6 g, 46 mmol) were added to a solution of compound III-15-A (3 g, 23 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml) in sequence, and then the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 degrees for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain yellow oily compound III-15-1 (4.3 g, 51%). MS: 393.2 (M+Na) + .
步骤2:化合物III-15-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound III-15-2
在0度搅拌条件下,将1M的盐酸溶液(15毫升)加入到化合物III-15-1(4.3克,12毫摩尔)乙醇(45毫升)和水(15毫升)的溶液中,然后将反应混合液在20度搅拌反应1小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-15-2(1.2克,31%)。MS:353.2(M+Na)+。Under stirring conditions at 0 degrees, 1M hydrochloric acid solution (15 ml) was added to a solution of compound III-15-1 (4.3 g, 12 mmol) ethanol (45 ml) and water (15 ml), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 degrees for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain yellow oily compound III-15-2 (1.2 g, 31%). MS: 353.2 (M+Na) + .
步骤3:化合物III-15-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound III-15-3
在0度搅拌条件下,将EDCI(1.73克,9毫摩尔),DMAP(22毫克,0.2毫摩尔)和油酸(2.54克,9毫摩尔)加入到化合物III-15-2(1.2克,3.6毫摩尔)二氯甲烷(60毫升)的溶液中,然后将反应混合液在20度搅拌反应16小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-15-3(1.6克,51%)。1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ5.40–5.28(m,4H),5.11–5.02(m,1H),4.36–4.06(m,3H),3.77–3.70(m,2H),2.33(dd,J=16.4,7.6Hz,4H),2.07–1.95(m,7H),1.62(dd,J=13.1,6.6Hz,4H),1.39–1.21(m,41H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H)。Under stirring conditions at 0 degrees, EDCI (1.73 g, 9 mmol), DMAP (22 mg, 0.2 mmol) and oleic acid (2.54 g, 9 mmol) were added to a solution of compound III-15-2 (1.2 g, 3.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 ml), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 degrees for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain yellow oily compound III-15-3 (1.6 g, 51%). 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ5.40–5.28(m,4H),5.11–5.02(m,1H),4.36–4.06(m,3H),3.77–3.70(m,2H),2.33(dd,J=16.4,7.6 Hz,4H),2.07–1.95(m,7H),1.62(dd,J=13.1,6.6Hz,4H),1.39–1.21(m,41H),0.88(t,J=6.8Hz,6H).
步骤4:化合物III-15-4的制备Step 4: Preparation of compound III-15-4
将化合物III-15-3(1.6克,1.8毫摩尔)和三乙胺氟化氢盐(5毫升)的乙腈(10毫升),二氯甲烷(10毫升)和四氢呋喃(10毫升)反应混合液在20度搅拌反应3小时。将反应混 合液倒入冰水中,并用二氯甲烷萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-15-4(0.9克,78%)。1HNMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ5.40–5.28(m,4H),5.12–5.04(m,1H),4.32(dd,J=11.9,4.5Hz,1H),4.27–4.07(m,2H),3.73(d,J=5.3Hz,1H),2.33(dd,J=16.4,7.7Hz,4H),2.05–1.96(m,7H),1.68–1.56(m,4H),1.36–1.22(m,42H),0.88(t,J=6.7Hz,6H)。A reaction mixture of compound III-15-3 (1.6 g, 1.8 mmol) and triethylamine hydrogen fluoride salt (5 ml) in acetonitrile (10 ml), dichloromethane (10 ml) and tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) was stirred at 20 degrees for 3 hours. The combined solution was poured into ice water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified to obtain yellow oily compound III-15-4 (0.9 g, 78%). 1 HNMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ5.40–5.28(m,4H),5.12–5.04(m,1H),4.32(dd,J=11.9,4.5Hz,1H),4.27–4.07(m,2H),3.73(d,J=5.3Hz,1H) ,2.33(dd,J=16.4,7.7Hz,4H),2.05–1.96(m,7H),1.68–1.56(m,4H),1.36–1.22(m,42H),0.88(t,J=6.7Hz,6H).
步骤5:化合物III-15的制备Step 5: Preparation of Compound III-15
化合物III-15的合成参考化合物III-11制备得到化合物III-15。1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ9.66(d,J=8.1Hz,1H),7.34(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.15(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.89(s,1H),6.83(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),6.26(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),6.04(d,J=14.9Hz,1H),5.38–5.24(m,4H),5.20(s,1H),5.00(dd,J=27.7,14.6Hz,3H),4.61(s,7H),4.37(d,J=9.6Hz,2H),4.25(dd,J=13.0,6.1Hz,2H),4.15(dd,J=11.9,6.8Hz,1H),3.99(d,J=4.8Hz,4H),3.82(s,3H),3.71–3.53(m,9H),3.49(s,2H),2.69(s,6H),2.55(s,4H),2.25(dd,J=15.3,7.7Hz,5H),1.97(d,J=5.7Hz,8H),1.62–1.47(m,7H),1.42–1.12(m,53H),0.87(dt,J=13.1,7.1Hz,10H)。Synthesis of Compound III-15 Compound III-15 was prepared by referring to Compound III-11. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ9.66 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.04 (d, J=14.9 Hz, 1H), 5.38–5.24 (m, 4H), 5.20 (s, 1H), 5.00 (dd, J=27.7, 14.6 Hz, 3H), 4.61 (s, 7H), 4.37 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (dd, J= 13.0,6.1Hz,2H),4.15(dd,J=11.9,6.8Hz,1H),3.99(d,J=4.8Hz,4H),3.82(s,3H),3.71–3.53(m,9H),3.49(s,2H),2.69(s,6H),2.5 5(s,4H),2.25(dd,J=15.3,7.7Hz,5H),1.97(d,J=5.7Hz,8H),1.62–1.47(m,7H),1.42–1.12(m,53H),0.87(dt,J=13.1,7.1Hz,10H).
实施例化合物III-17
Example Compound III-17
步骤1:化合物III-17-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound III-17-1
在-80到-85度搅拌条件下,将2M的LDA四氢呋喃溶液(35.5毫升,71毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物SM1(15克,40.5毫摩尔)和化合物SM2(13.4克,71毫摩尔)的四氢呋喃(300毫升)溶液中,然后将反应混合液在-80度到-85度搅拌反应2小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-17-1(3.7克,21%)。MS:431.0(M+1)+。Under stirring conditions at -80 to -85 degrees, 2M LDA tetrahydrofuran solution (35.5 ml, 71 mmol) was slowly added to a tetrahydrofuran (300 ml) solution of compound SM1 (15 g, 40.5 mmol) and compound SM2 (13.4 g, 71 mmol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at -80 to -85 degrees for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain yellow oily compound III-17-1 (3.7 g, 21%). MS: 431.0 (M+1) + .
步骤2:化合物III-17-2的制备 Step 2: Preparation of compound III-17-2
在0度搅拌条件下,将钠氢(2.3克,58.6毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物SM3(5克,39.1毫摩尔)的四氢呋喃(100毫升)溶液中,然后将反应混合液在0度搅拌反应1小时;将化合物III-17-1(6克,13.9毫摩尔)的四氢呋喃(20毫升)溶液缓慢加入到上述反应液中,并将反应混合液在室温搅拌反应15小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-17-2(1.3克,22%)。MS:431.2(M+1)+。Under stirring conditions at 0 degrees, sodium hydrogen (2.3 g, 58.6 mmol) was slowly added to a tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) solution of compound SM3 (5 g, 39.1 mmol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 degrees for 1 hour; a tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) solution of compound III-17-1 (6 g, 13.9 mmol) was slowly added to the above reaction solution, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound III-17-2 (1.3 g, 22%). MS: 431.2 (M+1) + .
步骤3:化合物III-17-3的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound III-17-3
在0度搅拌条件下,将1M的TBAF四氢呋喃溶液(5毫升,5毫摩尔)缓慢加入到化合物III-17-2(1.1克,2.6毫摩尔)的四氢呋喃(10毫升)溶液中,然后将反应混合液在室温搅拌反应15小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-17-3(850毫克,92%)。MS:359.1(M+1)+。Under stirring conditions at 0 degrees, 1M TBAF tetrahydrofuran solution (5 ml, 5 mmol) was slowly added to a tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) solution of compound III-17-2 (1.1 g, 2.6 mmol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain yellow oily compound III-17-3 (850 mg, 92%). MS: 359.1 (M+1) + .
步骤4:化合物III-17-4的制备Step 4: Preparation of compound III-17-4
在氮气保护条件下,将化合物III-17-3(800毫克,2.2毫摩尔),Pd(PPh3)2Cl2(78毫克,0.11毫摩尔),CuI(85毫克,0.45毫摩尔),TEA(451毫克,4.5毫摩尔)和4-碘-2-甲氧基苯甲酸甲酯(783毫克,2.7毫摩尔)的DMF(10毫升)反应混合液在100度搅拌反应15小时。将反应混合液倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-17-4(700毫克,61%)。MS:523.2(M+1)+。Under nitrogen protection, a reaction mixture of compound III-17-3 (800 mg, 2.2 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 (78 mg, 0.11 mmol), CuI (85 mg, 0.45 mmol), TEA (451 mg, 4.5 mmol) and methyl 4-iodo-2-methoxybenzoate (783 mg, 2.7 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred at 100 degrees for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound III-17-4 (700 mg, 61%). MS: 523.2 (M+1) + .
步骤5:化合物III-17-5的制备Step 5: Preparation of compound III-17-5
将化合物III-17-4(700毫克,1.34毫摩尔)溶于甲醇(10毫升)中,在搅拌条件下向反应混合物中加入钯碳(100毫克),然后反应混合物在40度氢气压力条件下搅拌反应15小时;将反应混合溶液过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经纯化得到黄色油状化合物III-17-5(460毫克,66%)。MS:527.2(M+1)+。Compound III-17-4 (700 mg, 1.34 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 ml), palladium carbon (100 mg) was added to the reaction mixture under stirring, and then the reaction mixture was stirred under 40 degrees hydrogen pressure for 15 hours; the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified to obtain a yellow oil compound III-17-5 (460 mg, 66%). MS: 527.2 (M+1) + .
步骤6:化合物III-17-8的制备Step 6: Preparation of compound III-17-8
化合物III-17-8的合成参考化合物II-1-3制备得到化合物III-17-8。MS:728.2(M+1)+。Synthesis of Compound III-17-8 Compound III-17-8 was prepared by referring to Compound II-1-3. MS: 728.2 (M+1) + .
步骤7:化合物III-17的制备Step 7: Preparation of Compound III-17
化合物III-17的合成参考化合物III-2制备得到化合物III-17。MS:672.3(M+1)+。Synthesis of Compound III-17 Compound III-17 was prepared by referring to Compound III-2. MS: 672.3 (M+1) + .
实施例化合物III-18
Example Compound III-18
化合物III-18的合成参考化合物III-2制备得到化合物III-18。MS:816.3(M+1)+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.49(d,J=8.6Hz,1H),7.62(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.06(s,1H),6.96–6.87(m,2H),6.78(s,1H),6.12(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.04–4.91(m,2H),4.22(d,J=5.0Hz,2H),3.86(s,4H),3.64(t,J=7.4Hz,8H),3.51(d,J=6.0Hz,13H),2.77(s,6H),2.60(s,4H),2.29–2.09(m,2H),1.93(s,1H),1.60(dt,J=13.3,6.6Hz,1H),1.52–1.42(m,1H),1.39–1.27(m,2H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H)。 Synthesis of Compound III-18 Compound III-18 was prepared by referring to Compound III-2. MS: 816.3 (M+1) + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.49 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.96–6.87 (m, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.12 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.04–4.91 (m, 2H), 4.22 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 4H), 3.64 (t, J=7 .4Hz,8H),3.51(d,J=6.0Hz,13H),2.77(s,6H),2.60(s,4H),2.29–2.09(m,2H),1.93(s,1H) ,1.60(dt,J=13.3,6.6Hz,1H),1.52–1.42(m,1H),1.39–1.27(m,2H),0.90(t,J=7.3Hz,3H).
实施例化合物III-20
Example Compound III-20
化合物III-20的合成参考化合物III-6制备得到化合物III-20。MS:630.6[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound III-20 Compound III-20 was prepared by referring to Compound III-6. MS: 630.6 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物III-21
Example Compound III-21
化合物III-21的合成参考化合物III-6制备得到化合物III-21。MS:646.6[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound III-21 Compound III-21 was prepared by referring to Compound III-6. MS: 646.6 [M+H] + .
实施例化合物III-22
Example Compound III-22
化合物III-22的合成参考化合物III-24制备得到化合物III-22。MS:829.2[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.55(d,J=159.7Hz,-1H),7.87(s,1H),7.49(s,2H),7.00(d,J=7.3Hz,2H),6.88(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),6.30(d,J=6.2Hz,1H),5.06(t,J=12.4Hz,2H),4.35–4.21(m,1H),3.91–3.83(m,3H),3.54(d,J=18.1Hz,6H),3.00(d,J=46.1Hz,5H),2.34(d,J=15.7Hz,1H),1.58(d,J=34.0Hz,8H),1.29(d,J=25.8Hz,26H),1.20(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.89(dt,J=13.3,7.1Hz,6H)。Synthesis of Compound III-22 Compound III-22 was prepared by referring to Compound III-24. MS: 829.2 [M+H] + . 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ9.55 (d, J=159.7Hz, -1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J=6.2Hz, 1H), 5.06 (t, J=12.4Hz, 2H), 4.35–4.21 (m, 1H), 3.91–3.83 (m ,3H),3.54(d,J=18.1Hz,6H),3.00(d,J=46.1Hz,5H),2.34(d,J=15.7Hz,1H),1.58(d,J=3 4.0Hz, 8H), 1.29 (d, J = 25.8Hz, 26H), 1.20 (d, J = 6.5Hz, 3H), 0.89 (dt, J = 13.3, 7.1Hz, 6H).
实施例化合物III-23
Example Compound III-23
化合物III-23的合成参考化合物III-24制备得到化合物III-23。MS:898.6[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ9.82(s,1H),8.00–7.85(m,1H),7.56(s,2H),7.02(d,J=7.3Hz,2H),6.88(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.33(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.13–4.97(m,1H),4.28(p,J=7.0Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.51(s,6H),2.99(d,J=42.7Hz,5H),2.35(s,1H),1.71–1.43(m,8H),1.25(s,45H),1.20(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.89(dt,J=14.4,7.1Hz,6H)。Synthesis of Compound III-23 Compound III-23 was prepared by referring to Compound III-24. MS: 898.6 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ9.82(s,1H),8.00–7.85(m,1H),7.56(s,2H),7.02(d,J=7.3Hz,2H),6.88( d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.33(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.13–4.97(m,1H),4.28(p,J=7.0Hz, 1H),3.85(s,3H),3.51(s,6H),2.99(d,J=42.7Hz,5H),2.35(s,1H),1.71–1. 43(m,8H),1.25(s,45H),1.20(d,J=6.5Hz,3H),0.89(dt,J=14.4,7.1Hz,6H).
实施例化合物III-24
Example Compound III-24
步骤1:化合物III-24-1的制备Step 1: Preparation of compound III-24-1
在氮气保护,0度搅拌条件下,将十七烷-1-胺(360毫克,1.4毫摩尔)缓慢加入到III-24-A(200毫克,1.4毫摩尔)的甲醇(2毫升)反应混合液中,然后将反应混合液在 在20度搅拌反应5小时。将反应混合液浓缩得到粗产物化合物III-24-1(511毫克),粗产物未经纯化直接用于下一步反应。MS:366.6[M+H]+。Under nitrogen protection and stirring at 0°C, heptadecan-1-amine (360 mg, 1.4 mmol) was slowly added to the reaction mixture of III-24-A (200 mg, 1.4 mmol) in methanol (2 ml), and then the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C. The reaction was stirred at 20 degrees for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a crude product, compound III-24-1 (511 mg), which was used directly in the next step without purification. MS: 366.6 [M+H] + .
步骤2:化合物III-24-2的制备Step 2: Preparation of compound III-24-2
将化合物III-24-1(200毫克,0.5毫摩尔)溶于乙腈(4毫升)中,在20℃搅拌下加入K2CO3(113毫克,0.8毫摩尔)和3-氯-N,N-二甲基丙-1-胺(100毫克,0.8毫摩尔);然后将反应混合物在80度继续搅拌反应2小时。将反应混合物倒入冰水中,并用乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物III-24-2(150毫克,60%)。MS:451.7[M+H]+。Compound III-24-1 (200 mg, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (4 ml), and K 2 CO 3 (113 mg, 0.8 mmol) and 3-chloro-N, N-dimethylpropan-1-amine (100 mg, 0.8 mmol) were added under stirring at 20°C; the reaction mixture was then stirred at 80°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound III-24-2 (150 mg, 60%). MS: 451.7 [M+H] + .
步骤3:化合物III-24-6的制备Step 3: Preparation of compound III-24-6
化合物III-24-3的合成参考化合物III-3-1制备得到化合物III-24-3。MS:586.5[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound III-24-3 Compound III-24-3 was prepared by referring to Compound III-3-1. MS: 586.5 [M+H] + .
化合物III-24-5的合成参考化合物II-10制备得到化合物III-24-5。MS:686.4[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound III-24-5 Compound III-24-5 was prepared by referring to Compound II-10. MS: 686.4 [M+H] + .
将化合物III-24-5(150毫克,0.22毫摩尔),化合物III-24-2(148毫克,0.3毫摩尔)和DIEA(740毫克,5.7毫摩尔)的甲醇(4毫升)反应混合物在20度搅拌反应3天。将反应混合物浓缩得到粗产物,粗产物经硅胶柱层析纯化得到化合物III-24-6(228毫克,94%)。MS:1104.6[M+H]+。The reaction mixture of compound III-24-5 (150 mg, 0.22 mmol), compound III-24-2 (148 mg, 0.3 mmol) and DIEA (740 mg, 5.7 mmol) in methanol (4 ml) was stirred at 20 degrees for 3 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound III-24-6 (228 mg, 94%). MS: 1104.6 [M+H] + .
步骤4:化合物III-24的制备Step 4: Preparation of Compound III-24
化合物III-24的合成参考化合物II-5制备得到化合物III-24。MS:984.4[M+H]+。1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ10.16–10.01(m,1H),8.09(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),7.78–7.66(m,1H),7.15–7.02(m,2H),6.93(d,J=7.7Hz,1H),6.45(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),5.16–5.01(m,2H),4.42–4.26(m,2H),3.85(s,4H),3.80–3.66(m,4H),3.58(d,J=6.6Hz,3H),3.53–3.32(m,4H),3.17–2.87(m,8H),2.80(d,J=4.0Hz,6H),1.92(s,2H),1.56(s,8H),1.25(s,38H),0.95–0.83(m,6H).。Synthesis of Compound III-24 Compound III-24 was prepared by referring to Compound II-5. MS: 984.4 [M+H] + . 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 10.16–10.01 (m, 1H), 8.09 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.78–7.66 (m, 1H), 7.15–7.02 (m, 2H), 6.93 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.16–5.01 (m, 2H), 4.42–4.26 (m, 2H), 3.8 5(s,4H),3.80–3.66(m,4H),3.58(d,J=6.6Hz,3H),3.53–3.32(m,4H),3.17–2.87(m,8 H), 2.80 (d, J = 4.0Hz, 6H), 1.92 (s, 2H), 1.56 (s, 8H), 1.25 (s, 38H), 0.95–0.83 (m, 6H).
实施例化合物III-25
Example Compound III-25
步骤1:中间体III-25-3的制备Step 1: Preparation of intermediate III-25-3
中间体III-25-3的合成参考中间体III-6-3,通过使用中间体Int.K代替中间体 Int.D制备得到中间体III-25-3。MS:453.3[M+H]+。The synthesis of intermediate III-25-3 refers to intermediate III-6-3 by using intermediate Int.K instead of intermediate Int.D prepared intermediate III-25-3. MS: 453.3 [M+H] + .
步骤2:中间体III-25的制备Step 2: Preparation of intermediate III-25
化合物III-25的合成参考化合物III-1,通过使用中间体III-25-3代替中间体II-1-4制备得到化合物III-6。MS:787.8[M+H]+。Synthesis of Compound III-25 Referring to Compound III-1, Compound III-6 was prepared by using Intermediate III-25-3 instead of Intermediate II-1-4. MS: 787.8 [M+H] + .
佐剂药物组合物制备部分Preparation of adjuvant pharmaceutical composition
佐剂药物组合物实施例1:铝佐剂吸附TLR7/8激动剂的制剂配制方法Adjuvant pharmaceutical composition Example 1: Preparation method of aluminum adjuvant adsorbed TLR7/8 agonist
称取1mg的TLR7/8激动剂(小分子化合物)溶于0.25ml无菌水中,配制成4mg/ml水溶液,向该溶液中加入0.50ml的Tris-HCl溶液(40mM,pH 7.5)混匀,再加入0.20ml的氢氧化铝凝胶(InvivoGen公司的adjuvant 2%,Al含量10mg/ml),再加入0.05ml无菌水,室温下轻轻搅拌2h,即制备成的铝佐剂吸附TLR7/8激动剂的混悬液(1mg/ml TLR7/8激动剂,2mg/ml氢氧化铝凝胶,在20mM的Tris-HCl中)。Weigh 1 mg of TLR7/8 agonist (small molecule compound) and dissolve it in 0.25 ml of sterile water to prepare a 4 mg/ml aqueous solution. Add 0.50 ml of Tris-HCl solution (40 mM, pH 7.5) to the solution and mix well. Then add 0.20 ml of aluminum hydroxide gel (InvivoGen) adjuvant 2%, Al content 10 mg/ml), then add 0.05 ml of sterile water, and gently stir at room temperature for 2 hours to prepare the aluminum adjuvant adsorbed TLR7/8 agonist suspension (1 mg/ml TLR7/8 agonist, 2 mg/ml aluminum hydroxide gel, in 20 mM Tris-HCl).
吸附率的判断:TLR7/8激动剂配制成0.01mg/ml、0.025mg/ml、0.05mg/ml、0.1mg/ml、0.2mg/ml浓度,HPLC分析,计算TLR7/8激动剂的标准曲线。将混悬液于离心管中进行离心(10000rpm,5min),取上清液,在HPLC上分析,与单独的TLR7/8激动剂的标准曲线比较,计算吸附率。Determination of adsorption rate: TLR7/8 agonists were prepared into concentrations of 0.01 mg/ml, 0.025 mg/ml, 0.05 mg/ml, 0.1 mg/ml, and 0.2 mg/ml, and analyzed by HPLC to calculate the standard curve of TLR7/8 agonists. The suspension was centrifuged in a centrifuge tube (10000 rpm, 5 min), the supernatant was taken, analyzed on HPLC, and compared with the standard curve of the single TLR7/8 agonist to calculate the adsorption rate.
分析方法:Analytical methods:
a.仪器:采用Agilent 1260series高效液相色谱仪(HPLC)a. Instrument: Agilent 1260 series high performance liquid chromatograph (HPLC)
b.色谱柱:Agilent反相液相色谱柱ZORBAX SB-Aq(3.5μm,4.6*150mm)b. Chromatographic column: Agilent reverse phase liquid chromatography column ZORBAX SB-Aq (3.5μm, 4.6*150mm)
c.色谱柱温度:30℃c. Column temperature: 30°C
d.进样量为5uLd. The injection volume is 5uL
e.流动相A:0.05%三氟乙酸(TFA)水溶液e. Mobile phase A: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) aqueous solution
f.流动相B:0.05%三氟乙酸(TFA)的乙腈溶液f. Mobile phase B: 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in acetonitrile
g.流速:1ml/ming. Flow rate: 1ml/min
h.梯度洗脱,洗脱程序如下:90%-60%(0min-10min),60%-5%(10min-15min),5%-5%(15min-18min),5%-90%(18min-18.1min)。h. Gradient elution, the elution program is as follows: 90%-60% (0min-10min), 60%-5% (10min-15min), 5%-5% (15min-18min), 5%-90% (18min-18.1min).
i.数据分析i. Data Analysis
上清液中的浓度计算为样品标准曲线进行计算;氢氧化铝凝胶吸附TLR7/8激动剂的吸附率计算为:上清液中浓度/整个样品理论浓度*100%。
The concentration in the supernatant was calculated based on the sample standard curve; the adsorption rate of the TLR7/8 agonist on the aluminum hydroxide gel was calculated as: concentration in the supernatant/theoretical concentration of the entire sample*100%.
佐剂药物组合物实施例2:铝佐剂吸附TLR7/8激动剂在不同条件下的吸附效率考察Adjuvant pharmaceutical composition Example 2: Investigation of the adsorption efficiency of aluminum adjuvant adsorbing TLR7/8 agonists under different conditions
TLR激动剂与氢氧化铝凝胶以不同的质量比(2.:1、1:0.85、1:1、1:2、1:3w/w)在两种不同缓冲液(pH 7.5Tris-HCl缓冲液,pH 6.5组氨酸缓冲液)下进行吸附试验,考察不同的条件下的吸附效率,按实施例1的方法进行检测,检测结果如下:
TLR agonist and aluminum hydroxide gel were subjected to adsorption test in two different buffers (pH 7.5 Tris-HCl buffer, pH 6.5 histidine buffer) at different mass ratios (2.:1, 1:0.85, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3 w/w) to investigate the adsorption efficiency under different conditions. The test was performed according to the method of Example 1. The test results are as follows:
生物学活性评价Biological activity evaluation
1.化合物对人源TLR7和TLR8激动活性的测定1. Determination of the agonistic activity of compounds on human TLR7 and TLR8
1)称取待测试化合物,用DMSO(Sigma)配制为10mM浓度。利用DMSO对待测定化合物按3.16倍进行梯度稀释,共10个浓度梯度,最高浓度为1mM。1) Weigh the compound to be tested and prepare it to a concentration of 10 mM with DMSO (Sigma). Use DMSO to dilute the compound to be tested by 3.16 times in a gradient, with a total of 10 concentration gradients, and the highest concentration is 1 mM.
2)利用DPBS缓冲液(Gibco)将待测化合物,DMSO对照进行10倍稀释后,加入20μL体积至96孔细胞培养板(Corning)。2) The test compound and DMSO control were diluted 10-fold using DPBS buffer (Gibco) and added to a 96-well cell culture plate (Corning) in a volume of 20 μL.
3)利用细胞分离液(Gibco)消化HEK-BlueTM hTLR7细胞(Invivogen),并进行细胞计数(TC-20细胞计数仪,Bio-rad)。利用DMEM细胞培养基(Gibco)将细胞稀释至4.4E5/毫升。加入180μL至96孔细胞培养板。在37℃,5% CO2培养箱中孵育16-22小时。3) HEK-Blue TM hTLR7 cells (Invivogen) were digested with cell separation solution (Gibco) and the cells were counted (TC-20 cell counter, Bio-rad). The cells were diluted to 4.4E5/mL with DMEM cell culture medium (Gibco). 180 μL was added to a 96-well cell culture plate. The plates were incubated in a 37°C, 5% CO2 incubator for 16-22 hours.
4)配制QUANTI-Blue检测试剂(Invivogen),取180μL加入新的96孔板中。从细胞培养板取出20μL细胞培养上清加入96孔板,37℃孵育1-3小时。4) Prepare QUANTI-Blue detection reagent (Invivogen), take 180 μL and add it to a new 96-well plate. Take 20 μL of cell culture supernatant from the cell culture plate and add it to the 96-well plate, and incubate at 37°C for 1-3 hours.
5)Neo2多功能酶标仪(Bio-tek)测定在630nm的光吸收,利用GraphPad Prism计算药物半数有效浓度EC50。5) The light absorption at 630 nm was measured by Neo2 multifunctional microplate reader (Bio-tek), and the half effective concentration (EC 50 ) of the drug was calculated by GraphPad Prism.
2.化合物对人外周血单核细胞的激动活性测定2. Determination of the agonist activity of compounds on human peripheral blood mononuclear cells
1)37℃水浴溶解冻存的人外周血单核细胞(妙通生物科技有限公司),计数后将细胞稀释至0.2M/mL,加入150μL体积至96孔细胞培养板,孵育40小时。1) Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (Miaotong Biotechnology Co., Ltd.) were thawed in a 37°C water bath. After counting, the cells were diluted to 0.2 M/mL and added to a 96-well cell culture plate in a volume of 150 μL and incubated for 40 hours.
2)称取待测试化合物,用DMSO配制为10mM浓度。利用DMSO对待测定化合物按10倍进行梯度稀释,共4个浓度梯度,最高浓度为400μM。2) Weigh the compound to be tested and prepare it to a concentration of 10 mM with DMSO. Use DMSO to dilute the compound to be tested by 10 times in a gradient, with a total of 4 concentration gradients, and the highest concentration is 400 μM.
3)利用细胞培养液(RPMI 1640细胞培养基,Gibco)将待测化合物,DMSO对照和阳性对照进行100倍稀释后,加入50μL体积至96孔细胞培养板。3) Dilute the test compound, DMSO control and positive control 100-fold using cell culture medium (RPMI 1640 cell culture medium, Gibco) and add 50 μL to a 96-well cell culture plate.
4)37℃孵育8小时左右,离心收集细胞培养上清。利用ELISA测定上清中细胞因子水平的水平,包括但不限于:IFN-α,TNF-α和IL-6。4) Incubate at 37° C. for about 8 hours, collect the cell culture supernatant by centrifugation, and measure the level of cytokines in the supernatant by ELISA, including but not limited to IFN-α, TNF-α and IL-6.
酶标仪测定在450nm的光吸收,根据标准曲线,定量测定培养上清中的细胞因子水平。The light absorption at 450 nm was measured by an enzyme-labeled instrument, and the cytokine levels in the culture supernatant were quantitatively determined according to the standard curve.
3.小鼠免疫活性评价3. Evaluation of Mouse Immune Competence
1)制备含抗原和含或不含TLR7/8激动剂的疫苗制剂。接种6-8周大的C57BL/6雌性小鼠(10只/组),每只小鼠肌肉注射50-100μL疫苗制剂进行初次免疫。1) Prepare a vaccine formulation containing an antigen and with or without a TLR7/8 agonist. Vaccinate 6-8 week old C57BL/6 female mice (10 mice/group), and inject 50-100 μL of the vaccine formulation intramuscularly into each mouse for primary immunization.
2)两周后第二次注射进行加强免疫,再两周后(D28)取血进行ELISA特异性抗体检测和中和试验。2) Two weeks later, the second injection was given for booster immunization, and two weeks later (D28), blood was collected for ELISA specific antibody detection and neutralization test.
在本发明提及的所有文献都在本申请中引用作为参考,就如同每一篇文献被单独引用作为参考那样。此外应理解,在阅读了本发明的上述讲授内容之后,本领域技术人员可以对本发明作各种改动或修改,这些等价形式同样落于本申请所附24权利要求书所限定的范围。 All documents mentioned in the present invention are cited as references in this application, just as each document is cited as references individually. In addition, it should be understood that after reading the above teachings of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make various changes or modifications to the present invention, and these equivalent forms also fall within the scope defined by the 24 claims attached to this application.
Claims (39)
A compound having a structure shown in the following formula (I), or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Y1 is hydrogen or a lipid structure fragment, and the lipid structure fragment has a structure as shown in the following formula:
D is a toxin having a structure selected from the group consisting of Formula Ia, Formula Ib, Formula Ic or Formula Id, and the toxin is covalently linked to a divalent linker -LY- via an N, O or S atom in the molecule:
Or W has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
The compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that W has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
-L2-L3-L4-Y-;The compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that the linker has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
-L 2 -L 3 -L 4 -Y-;
The compound of formula (I) according to claim 4, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that L3 is a structure selected from the following group:
The compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that L 201 , L 202 and L 203 are each independently a structure selected from the following group:
-NH-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)-NH-, -NH-(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)-NH-, -NH-(4-10 membered heterocyclyl)-NH-, or a structure selected from the following group:
The compound of formula (I) as claimed in claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable The acceptable salt is characterized in that the sugar group has a structure shown in the following formula III:
The compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that the toxin is selected from the group consisting of:
The compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that the R 201 -NHC(O) has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
The compound of formula (I) according to claim 1, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that the compound is selected from the following group:
A compound represented by the following formula Ia, Ib, Ic or Id, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
And the R 4 is substituted by at least one R 1e substituent, one; wherein the R 1e substituent has the following structure:
The compound according to claim 34, or its stereoisomer, enantiomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
A compound selected from the group consisting of:
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202310670345.7 | 2023-06-07 | ||
| CN202310670345 | 2023-06-07 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024250985A1 true WO2024250985A1 (en) | 2024-12-12 |
Family
ID=93795013
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/095325 Pending WO2024250985A1 (en) | 2023-06-07 | 2024-05-24 | Toll-like receptor agonist heterocyclic derivative, preparation thereof, and use thereof |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2024250985A1 (en) |
Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101287734A (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2008-10-15 | 诺华公司 | 2-amino-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrido [4, 3-d ] pyrimidin-5-ones |
| CN102695416A (en) * | 2009-10-29 | 2012-09-26 | 金纳斯克公司 | Kinase inhibitors |
| CN103118682A (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2013-05-22 | 加利福尼亚大学校务委员会 | Use of phospholipid conjugates for the synthesis of TLR7 agonists |
| CN103313725A (en) * | 2010-09-01 | 2013-09-18 | 诺华有限公司 | Immunopotentiator Adsorbs Insoluble Metal Ions |
| WO2020028610A1 (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2020-02-06 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 2H-PYRAZOLO[4,3-d]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS TOLL-LIKE RECEPTOR 7 (TLR7) AGONISTS AND METHODS AND USES THEREFOR |
| WO2023104165A1 (en) * | 2021-12-08 | 2023-06-15 | 上海维申医药有限公司 | Pyridine[4,3-d]pyrimidine compound as tlr7/8 agonist |
| CN116789671A (en) * | 2022-03-22 | 2023-09-22 | 上海维申医药有限公司 | Pyrimidopyridazinones as Toll-like receptor agonists |
| WO2024055879A1 (en) * | 2022-09-16 | 2024-03-21 | 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 | Class of fused bicyclic compounds, method for preparing same, and use thereof |
-
2024
- 2024-05-24 WO PCT/CN2024/095325 patent/WO2024250985A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101287734A (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2008-10-15 | 诺华公司 | 2-amino-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrido [4, 3-d ] pyrimidin-5-ones |
| CN102695416A (en) * | 2009-10-29 | 2012-09-26 | 金纳斯克公司 | Kinase inhibitors |
| CN103118682A (en) * | 2010-04-30 | 2013-05-22 | 加利福尼亚大学校务委员会 | Use of phospholipid conjugates for the synthesis of TLR7 agonists |
| CN103313725A (en) * | 2010-09-01 | 2013-09-18 | 诺华有限公司 | Immunopotentiator Adsorbs Insoluble Metal Ions |
| WO2020028610A1 (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2020-02-06 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 2H-PYRAZOLO[4,3-d]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS TOLL-LIKE RECEPTOR 7 (TLR7) AGONISTS AND METHODS AND USES THEREFOR |
| WO2023104165A1 (en) * | 2021-12-08 | 2023-06-15 | 上海维申医药有限公司 | Pyridine[4,3-d]pyrimidine compound as tlr7/8 agonist |
| CN116789671A (en) * | 2022-03-22 | 2023-09-22 | 上海维申医药有限公司 | Pyrimidopyridazinones as Toll-like receptor agonists |
| WO2024055879A1 (en) * | 2022-09-16 | 2024-03-21 | 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 | Class of fused bicyclic compounds, method for preparing same, and use thereof |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6336036B2 (en) | Macrocyclic deazaprinone for the treatment of viral infections | |
| CN101790380B (en) | Conjugates of synthetic TLR agonists and uses therefor | |
| WO2019192454A1 (en) | Novel small molecule immune agonists and immune targeting compounds and application thereof | |
| KR20110117705A (en) | Toll-like receptor modulators and treatment of disease | |
| CN101304748A (en) | TLR agonist | |
| KR20250005363A (en) | Use of HPK1 inhibitors in the prevention and/or treatment of human pathogen infections | |
| US20250195524A1 (en) | Pyrimido-pyridazinone compound as toll-like receptor agonist | |
| CN117980305A (en) | Spirocyclic pyridine-1, 5-diones exhibiting MNK inhibition and methods of use thereof | |
| CN114401738B (en) | TLR4 and TLR7 ligand preparations as vaccine adjuvants | |
| WO2024250985A1 (en) | Toll-like receptor agonist heterocyclic derivative, preparation thereof, and use thereof | |
| EP4288438A1 (en) | Derivatives of imidazo[4,5-d]pyridazine, their preparation and their therapeutic application | |
| CN117417355A (en) | Fused heterocyclic compound, preparation method and application thereof | |
| TW202237101A (en) | Ctla-4 small molecule inhibitor and its application | |
| CA3169000A1 (en) | Crystal of imidazopyridinone compound or salt thereof | |
| US20250281491A1 (en) | Dual functioning immune modulating compounds, formulations, and uses thereof | |
| US20250275942A1 (en) | Sting agonists, formulations, and uses thereof | |
| TW202515531A (en) | Amphiphilic tlr7/8 adjuvants and uses thereof | |
| WO2025001408A1 (en) | Phosphorus-containing or sulfur-containing macrocyclic pyrazolopyrimidine compound and use thereof | |
| CN114315827A (en) | Polycyclic pyridopyridazine amide oxime-containing carbocyclic derivatives and uses thereof | |
| EP0699201A1 (en) | SUBSTITUTED METHYLENEDIOXY 3',4':6,7]INDOLIZINO- 1,2-$i(b)]QUINOLINONES |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24818518 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |